Ec 2007 Sedan
Ec 2007 Sedan
Ec 2007 Sedan
E
CONTENTS
VQ35HR THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION F
LEARNING : Description .........................................18
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 8 THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement ..............18 G
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .......... 8
Work Flow ................................................................. 8 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ................................18
Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................ 10 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description .........18
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair H
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ....................12 Requirement ............................................................18
BASIC INSPECTION ................................................. 12 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Require- I
....20
ment ........................................................................ 12 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARN-
ING : Description .....................................................20
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING J
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARN-
CONTROL UNIT ........................................................ 15
ING : Special Repair Requirement ..........................20
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT : Description ................................ 15 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING K
CLEAR .......................................................................20
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .... 15 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Description ................................................21
IDLE SPEED .............................................................. 16 L
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
IDLE SPEED : Description ...................................... 16
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement .....................21
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement ........... 16
EC-1
Component Description .......................................... 48 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 137
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .............. 49 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 138
System Diagram ..................................................... 49 Description ............................................................ 138
System Description ................................................. 49 DTC Logic ............................................................. 138
Component Parts Location ..................................... 49 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 138
Component Description .......................................... 56
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .......................... 139
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE DTC Logic ............................................................. 139
(ASCD) ............................................................... 57 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 140
System Diagram ..................................................... 57 Component Inspection .......................................... 141
System Description ................................................. 57
Component Parts Location ..................................... 58 P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL ......................... 143
Component Description ......................................... 65 DTC Logic ............................................................. 143
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 144
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 66 Component Inspection .......................................... 145
System Description ................................................. 66
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1
COOLING FAN CONTROL ............................... 67 HEATER ........................................................... 147
System Diagram ..................................................... 67 Description ............................................................ 147
System Description ................................................. 67 DTC Logic ............................................................. 147
Component Parts Location ..................................... 67 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147
Component Description .......................................... 74 Component Inspection .......................................... 149
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............... 75 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT-
System Diagram ..................................................... 75 ER ..................................................................... 150
System Description ................................................. 76 Description ............................................................ 150
Component Parts Location ..................................... 77 DTC Logic ............................................................. 150
Component Description ......................................... 84 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
Component Inspection .......................................... 152
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL ............. 85
System Diagram ..................................................... 85 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
System Description ................................................. 85 VALVE .............................................................. 153
Component Parts Location ..................................... 85 Description ............................................................ 153
Component Description .......................................... 92 DTC Logic ............................................................. 153
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 153
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ................. 93 Component Inspection .......................................... 154
System Diagram ..................................................... 93
System Description ................................................. 93 P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RE-
Component Parts Location ..................................... 93 TARDER ........................................................... 156
Component Description .........................................100 Description ............................................................ 156
DTC Logic ............................................................. 156
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 101
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156
Diagnosis Description ............................................101
Component Inspection .......................................... 157
CONSULT-III Function ..........................................113
Diagnosis Tool Function ......................................122 P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR .......................... 159
Description ............................................................ 159
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 125 DTC Logic ............................................................. 159
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION Component Function Check ................................. 161
VALUE ............................................................. 125 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
Component Inspection .......................................... 163
Description .............................................................125
Component Function Check ..................................125 P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR.. 166
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................125 Description ............................................................ 166
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 133 DTC Logic ............................................................. 166
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................133
Component Inspection .......................................... 168
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 137
Description .............................................................137
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 171
Description ............................................................ 171
DTC Logic ..............................................................137
DTC Logic ............................................................. 171
EC-2
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ..................................... 208
Component Inspection .......................................... 172 Description ............................................................. 208 A
DTC Logic .............................................................. 208
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 174 Component Function Check .................................. 210
Description ............................................................ 174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210
DTC Logic ............................................................. 174 EC
Component Inspection ........................................... 213
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175
Component Inspection .......................................... 175 P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ..................................... 216
Description ............................................................. 216 C
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR ..... 177 DTC Logic .............................................................. 216
Description ............................................................ 177 Component Function Check .................................. 217
DTC Logic ............................................................. 177 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177 Component Inspection ........................................... 219
Component Inspection .......................................... 179
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 179 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
FUNCTION ...................................................... 222 E
P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 180 DTC Logic .............................................................. 222
Description ............................................................ 180
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223
DTC Logic ............................................................. 180 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 181 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
Component Inspection .......................................... 181 FUNCTION ...................................................... 226
DTC Logic .............................................................. 226
P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 183 G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227
Description ............................................................ 183
DTC Logic ............................................................. 183 P0181 FTT SENSOR ....................................... 230
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 184 Description ............................................................. 230 H
Component Inspection .......................................... 184 DTC Logic .............................................................. 230
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 231
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .................. 185
Component Inspection ........................................... 232 I
DTC Logic ............................................................. 185
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185 P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .......................... 233
Component Inspection .......................................... 185 Description ............................................................. 233
DTC Logic .............................................................. 233 J
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 187
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 233
Description ............................................................ 187
Component Inspection ........................................... 235
DTC Logic ............................................................. 187
Component Function Check .................................. 188 K
P0196 EOT SENSOR ...................................... 236
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189 Description ............................................................. 236
DTC Logic .............................................................. 236
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 191 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 237
Description ............................................................ 191
Component Inspection ........................................... 238
DTC Logic ............................................................. 191
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192 P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 239 M
Description ............................................................. 239
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 194
DTC Logic .............................................................. 239
Description ............................................................ 194
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240
DTC Logic ............................................................. 194 N
Component Inspection ........................................... 240
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 195
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR ... 242
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 197
Description ............................................................. 242 O
Description ............................................................ 197
DTC Logic .............................................................. 242
DTC Logic ............................................................. 197
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 199
Component Inspection ........................................... 244
P
P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ...................................... 202 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 244
Description ............................................................ 202
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305,
DTC Logic ............................................................. 202
Component Function Check .................................. 203
P0306 MISFIRE ............................................... 245
DTC Logic .............................................................. 245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 204
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246
Component Inspection .......................................... 205
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ................... 251
EC-3
Description .............................................................251 P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
DTC Logic ..............................................................251 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 296
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................251 Description ............................................................ 296
Component Inspection ...........................................252 DTC Logic ............................................................. 296
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 297
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 254 Component Inspection .......................................... 298
Description .............................................................254
DTC Logic ..............................................................254 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................255 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 299
Component Inspection ...........................................257 Description ............................................................ 299
DTC Logic ............................................................. 299
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .......... 258
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 300
Description .............................................................258
Component Inspection .......................................... 303
DTC Logic ..............................................................258
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................260 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
Component Inspection ...........................................262 SURE SENSOR ................................................ 304
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST Description ............................................................ 304
DTC Logic ............................................................. 304
FUNCTION ....................................................... 264
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305
DTC Logic ..............................................................264
Component Inspection .......................................... 308
Component Function Check ..................................265
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................266 P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 310
DTC Logic ............................................................. 310
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 269
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 311
DTC Logic ..............................................................269
Component Inspection .......................................... 314
Component Function Check ..................................270
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................271 P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 316
DTC Logic ............................................................. 316
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 274
Component Function Check ................................. 318
DTC Logic ..............................................................274
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................275
Component Inspection .......................................... 321
Component Inspection ...........................................279
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 323
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Description ............................................................ 323
CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....................... 280 DTC Logic ............................................................. 323
Description .............................................................280
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 323
DTC Logic ..............................................................280
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................281 P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ......................... 324
Component Inspection ...........................................283 Description ............................................................ 324
DTC Logic ............................................................. 324
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE Component Function Check ................................. 324
VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 285 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 325
Description .............................................................285
DTC Logic ..............................................................285 P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............ 326
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................285 Description ............................................................ 326
Component Inspection ...........................................287 DTC Logic ............................................................. 326
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ............................................................. 288 P0500 VSS ........................................................ 328
Description .............................................................288 Description ............................................................ 328
DTC Logic ..............................................................288 DTC Logic ............................................................. 328
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................288 Component Function Check ................................. 329
Component Inspection ...........................................290 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL P0506 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 330
VALVE ............................................................. 292 Description ............................................................ 330
Description .............................................................292 DTC Logic ............................................................. 330
DTC Logic ..............................................................292 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 330
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................293
Component Inspection ...........................................294 P0507 ISC SYSTEM ......................................... 332
Description ............................................................ 332
EC-4
DTC Logic ............................................................. 332 DTC Logic .............................................................. 360
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 332 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 360 A
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 361
P0550 PSP SENSOR ....................................... 334
Description ............................................................ 334 P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 334 TROL FUNCTION ........................................... 362 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334 Description ............................................................. 362
Component Inspection .......................................... 335 DTC Logic .............................................................. 362
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 362 C
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ......................... 336 Component Inspection ........................................... 365
Description ............................................................ 336 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 365
DTC Logic ............................................................. 336
D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336 P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
TOR ................................................................. 366
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 338 Description ............................................................. 366
Description ............................................................ 338 E
DTC Logic .............................................................. 366
DTC Logic ............................................................. 338
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 366
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 339
Component Inspection ........................................... 367
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 340 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 367 F
DTC Logic ............................................................. 340 P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 340
TROL ACTUATOR .......................................... 369
G
P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 342 Description ............................................................. 369
Description ............................................................ 342 DTC Logic .............................................................. 369
DTC Logic ............................................................. 342 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 370
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 370 H
Component Function Check .................................. 343
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 343
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR ............................ 371
P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION Description ............................................................. 371 I
SENSOR ........................................................... 346 DTC Logic .............................................................. 371
Description ............................................................ 346 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 371
DTC Logic ............................................................. 346 Component Inspection ........................................... 373
J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 347 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 373
Component Inspection .......................................... 350 P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..... 351 MOTOR RELAY .............................................. 374 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 351 Description ............................................................. 374
DTC Logic .............................................................. 374
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ........................... 352 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 374 L
Description ............................................................ 352
DTC Logic ............................................................. 352 P1421 COLD START CONTROL ................... 376
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 352 Description ............................................................. 376
DTC Logic .............................................................. 376 M
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 353 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 376
Description ............................................................ 353
DTC Logic ............................................................. 353 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 378
N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 353 Description ............................................................. 378
DTC Logic .............................................................. 378
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 354 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 379
DTC Logic ............................................................. 354 Component Inspection ........................................... 381 O
Component Function Check .................................. 354
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 355 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN-
SOR ................................................................. 382 P
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR ............................. 358 Description ............................................................. 382
Description ............................................................ 358 DTC Logic .............................................................. 382
DTC Logic ............................................................. 358 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 383
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358 Component Inspection ........................................... 385
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 359
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 386
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR ............................. 360 Description ............................................................. 386
Description ............................................................ 360 DTC Logic .............................................................. 386
EC-5
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................387 DTC Logic ............................................................. 422
Component Inspection ...........................................389 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 422
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 423
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 390
Description .............................................................390 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 425
DTC Logic ..............................................................390 Description ............................................................ 425
Component Function Check ..................................390 DTC Logic ............................................................. 425
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................391 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 425
Component Inspection ...........................................393 Component Inspection .......................................... 427
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 427
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 395
Description .............................................................395 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 429
DTC Logic ..............................................................395 Description ............................................................ 429
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................395 DTC Logic ............................................................. 429
Component Inspection ...........................................397 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 430
Component Inspection .......................................... 432
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH ..................... 398 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 432
Description .............................................................398
DTC Logic ..............................................................398 P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 434
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................398 Description ............................................................ 434
Component Inspection ...........................................400 DTC Logic ............................................................. 434
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 435
P1568 ICC FUNCTION .................................... 401 Component Inspection .......................................... 437
DTC Logic ..............................................................401 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 438
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................401
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 439
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 402 Description ............................................................ 439
Description .............................................................402 DTC Logic ............................................................. 439
DTC Logic ..............................................................402 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 440
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................403
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......407 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 443
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) .......408 Description ............................................................ 443
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ..........408 Component Function Check ................................. 443
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 443
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH ........................... 409 Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 446
Description .............................................................409 Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) ...... 446
DTC Logic ..............................................................409
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................410 ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 448
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ...........414 Description ............................................................ 448
Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch) ..........415 Component Function Check ................................. 448
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ..........415 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 448
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) ....416
COOLING FAN ................................................. 449
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 417 Description ............................................................ 449
Description .............................................................417 Component Function Check ................................. 449
DTC Logic ..............................................................417 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 449
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................417 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 451
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ......... 452
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .......... 419
Description .............................................................419 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................... 453
DTC Logic ..............................................................419 Description ............................................................ 453
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................419 Component Function Check ................................. 453
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 453
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE
REVOLUTION SENSOR) ................................ 421 FUEL INJECTOR .............................................. 455
Description .............................................................421 Description ............................................................ 455
DTC Logic ..............................................................421 Component Function Check ................................. 455
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................421 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 455
Component Inspection .......................................... 457
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 422
Description .............................................................422 FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 458
EC-6
Description ............................................................ 458 ECM ................................................................. 484
Component Function Check .................................. 458 Reference Value .................................................... 484 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 458 Wiring Diagram ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
Component Inspection .......................................... 460 ........................................................................... 501
Fail Safe ................................................................ 518 EC
ICC BRAKE SWITCH ....................................... 461 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 520
Description ............................................................ 461 DTC Index ............................................................. 521
Component Function Check .................................. 461 How to Set SRT Code ........................................ 526
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 461 Test Value and Test Limit ................................... 529 C
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ........... 464
Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch) .......... 464 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 531
D
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 466 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 531
Description ............................................................ 466 Symptom Table ..................................................... 531
Component Function Check .................................. 466
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 466 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 535 E
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Description ............................................................. 535
Transistor) ............................................................. 469
Component Inspection (Condenser) ..................... 470 PRECAUTION ............................................ 536 F
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 471 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 536
Description ............................................................ 471 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Function Check .................................. 471 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- G
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 471 SIONER" ............................................................... 536
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 536
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV- Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ........... 536 H
ERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 472 On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine
Description ............................................................ 472 and A/T .................................................................. 536
Component Function Check .................................. 472 General Precautions .............................................. 537
I
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 472
Component Inspection .......................................... 475 PREPARATION ......................................... 541
SNOW MODE SWITCH .................................... 481 EVAP LEAK CHECK ...................................... 544
Inspection .............................................................. 544
Description ............................................................ 481
M
Component Function Check .................................. 481 ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 546
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 481
Component Inspection .......................................... 483 EVAP CANISTER ............................................ 546
N
Exploded View ....................................................... 546
ECU DIAGNOSIS ....................................... 484 Removal and Installation ....................................... 546
Inspection .............................................................. 547
O
EC-7
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000000956457
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMBIA0078GB
DETAILED FLOW
EC-8
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC C
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) D
- Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-101, "Diagnosis Description".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-531, "Symptom Table".) E
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and is any DTC detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. F
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM G
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-535, "Description" and EC-
518, "Fail Safe". H
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
I
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. J
Also study the normal operation and fail safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-535, "Description" and EC-
518, "Fail Safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. K
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 6. L
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
M
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-520, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE: N
Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during O
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected? P
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-12, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Do you have CONSULT-III?
EC-9
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that MAS A/F SE-B1, MAS A/F SE-B2, B/FUEL SCHDL, and A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-
B2 are within the SP value using CONSULT-III SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode. Refer to EC-125, "Com-
ponent Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-531, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-
35, "Work Flow".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-484, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-101, "Diagnosis Description".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and
TCM (Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-101, "Diagnosis Description".) If the comple-
tion of SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific driving pattern. Refer to EC-526,
"How to Set SRT Code".
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000000956458
EC-10
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of A
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about a incident. It is EC
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one on the next page in order
to organize all the information for troubleshooting. C
Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. D
SEF907L
Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
WORKSHEET SAMPLE E
MTBL0017
EC-11
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000000956459
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnosis Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
EC-12
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
EC
A/T : 650 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T : 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4. PBIA8513J
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-17, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Require-
E
ment".
>> GO TO 5.
F
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
G
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING H
Perform EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7. I
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN J
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
K
A/T : 650 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T : 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8. M
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection". N
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. O
NO >> Repair or replace. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION P
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of IVIS (NATS) system and registration of all IVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 4.
EC-13
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
A :Timing indicator
Refer to EC-16, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Require-
ment".
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
EC-14
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A
A :Timing indicator
Refer to EC-16, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Require-
ment". EC
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16. E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END L
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, go to EC-15, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN
REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement".
M
O
When replacing ECM, this procedure must be performed.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000000956461
P
1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NATS SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NATS IGNITION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
EC-15
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-17, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING
Refer to EC-20, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
IDLE SPEED
IDLE SPEED : Description INFOID:0000000000956462
This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in BASIC
INSPECTION.
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000000956463
This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in BASIC
INSPECTION.
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000000956465
EC-16
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0026ZZ
D
1. Loop wire
A. Timing light B. Timing indicator
G
VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced.
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
H
VIN REGISTRATION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000000956467
1.CHECK VIN I
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-20, "Information About Identification or Model Code".
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
With CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped.
2. Select VIN REGISTRATION in WORK SUPPORT mode.
3. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. L
>> END
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING M
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the N
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected.
O
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000000956469
P
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-17
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
>> END
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000000956470
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connec-
tor of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000000956471
1.START
1. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
>> END
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000000956472
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions:
Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000000956473
1.PRECONDITIONING
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
Battery voltage: More than 12.9V (At idle)
Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 105C (158 - 221F)
PNP switch: ON
Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, headlamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the headlamp will not be illuminated.
Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
Vehicle speed: Stopped
Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until ATF TEMP SE 1 in DATA MONITOR mode of A/T system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
- M/T models
Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-17, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL
RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
EC-18
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select IDLE AIR VOL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode. A
5. Touch START and wait 20 seconds.
Is CMPLT displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4. EC
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
C
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has D
a malfunction.
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-17, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL
RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". E
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal. G
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON. H
9. Start engine and let it idle.
10. Wait 20 seconds.
I
SEC897C
L
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING M
Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations.
N
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed A/T: 650 50 rpm (in P or N position)
M/T: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
O
Ignition timing A/T with 4WAS: 11 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
A/T without 4WAS: 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
M/T with 4WAS: 11 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)
M/T without 4WAS: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position) P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I
Check the following
EC-19
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
Check PCV valve operation.
Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of
the incident.
It is useful to perform TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE. Refer to EC-125, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again:
Engine stalls.
Erroneous idle.
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning is a function of ECM to learn the characteristic of exhaust valve timing
control magnet retarder by comparing the target angle of exhaust camshaft with the actual retarded angle of
exhaust camshaft. It must be performed each time exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder is discon-
nected or replaced, or ECM is replaced.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000000956475
1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set selector lever to N position (A/T) or neutral position (M/T) and confirm that following electrical or
mechanical loads are not applied.
- Headlamp switch is OFF
- Air conditioner switch is OFF
- Rear defogger switch is OFF
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
3. Keep the engine speed between 1,800 and 2,000 rpm.
4. Select EXH V/T CONTROL LEARN in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Touch START and wait 20 seconds.
6. Make sure that CMPLT is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
>> END
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
EC-20
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35HR]
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description INFOID:0000000000956476
A
This describes how to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in Diagnosis Procedure.
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement EC
INFOID:0000000000956477
1.START C
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select SELF-LEARNING CONT in WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III. D
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching CLEAR.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. E
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor (bank 1) harness connector. F
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
G
>> END
EC-21
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956478
JMBIA0050GB
EC-22
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
22. Exhaust valve timing control position 23. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 24. A/F sensor 1
sensor retarder A
25. Heated oxygen sensor 2 26. Knock sensor 27. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
28. Engine oil temperature sensor 29. Knock sensor 30. Three way catalyst 1
31. Three way catalyst 2 32. Three way catalyst 1 33. Three way catalyst 2 EC
34. Muffler 35. EVAP canister vent control valve 36. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
37. EVAP service port 38. EVAP canister purge volume control 39. EVAP canister C
solenoid valve
40. Fuel damper 41. Fuel pump 42. Fuel pressure regulator
43. Fuel level sensor 44. Fuel tank temperature sensor 45. Fuel tank D
46. Accelerator pedal position sensor 47. Electric throttle control actuator 48. Throttle position sensor
49. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 50. Air cleaner 51. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
E
52. Throttle position sensor 53. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 54. Air cleaner
temperature sensor)
ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000000956480 G
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-23
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0003ZZ
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ
JMBIA0005ZZ
EC-24
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC
G
PBIB1907E
J
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
K
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
O
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
P
nector nector
EC-25
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0018ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector
EC-26
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0010ZZ
D
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
E
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor) F
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0011ZZ
J
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
K
N
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
EC-27
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
JMBIA0015ZZ
EC-28
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0016ZZ
D
1. ICC steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. DISTANCE switch 6. MAIN switch
JMBIA0017ZZ H
L
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal M
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
N
Component Description INFOID:0000000000956481
O
Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-187, "Description"
A/F sensor 1 heater EC-147, "Description" P
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-425, "Description"
ASCD brake switch EC-402, "Description"
ASCD steering switch EC-395, "Description"
ASCD vehicle speed sensor EC-417, "Description"
Battery current sensor EC-378, "Description"
EC-29
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Cooling fan control module EC-449, "Description"
Cooling fan motor EC-449, "Description"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-369, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-174, "Description"
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-236, "Description"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-280, "Description"
EVAP canister vent control valve EC-288, "Description"
EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-296, "Description"
Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder EC-156, "Description"
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor EC-346, "Description"
Fuel injector EC-455, "Description"
Fuel level sensor EC-323, "Description"
Fuel pump EC-458, "Description"
Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-230, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-202, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-150, "Description"
ICC brake switch EC-409, "Description"
ICC steering switch EC-398, "Description"
ICC vehicle speed sensor EC-419, "Description"
Ignition signal EC-466, "Description"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-171, "Description"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-153, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-251, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-159, "Description"
Park/neutral position switch EC-342, "Description"
PCV valve EC-477, "Description"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-334, "Description"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-479, "Description"
Snow mode switch EC-481, "Description"
Stop lamp switch EC-422, "Description"
Throttle control motor EC-366, "Description"
Throttle control motor relay EC-374, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-177, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-328, "Description"
EC-30
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956482
EC
JMBIA0071GB
I
System Description INFOID:0000000000956483
J
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
EC-31
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
During warm-up
When starting the engine
During acceleration
Hot-engine operation
When selector lever is changed from N to D (A/T models)
High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
During deceleration
During high engine speed operation
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB2793E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control.
The three way catalyst 1 can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sensor 1
in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection
pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to EC-187,
"Description". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst 1. Even if the switching characteris-
tics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sen-
sor 2.
Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D (A/T models)
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
EC-32
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of injection pulse duration to automatically compensate for the difference between A
the two ratios.
Fuel trim refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim.
EC
Short term fuel trim is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean. C
Long term fuel trim is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation
of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences,
wear over time and changes in the usage environment. D
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
G
SEF179U
EC-33
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-34
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0003ZZ
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ H
L
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-35
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-36
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
F
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) G
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid K
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector L
O
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- P
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-37
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0011ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-38
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve A
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
EC
JMBIA0019ZZ E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator F
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
G
JMBIA0015ZZ
J
JMBIA0016ZZ
N
EC-39
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0017ZZ
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-187, "Description"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-425, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-174, "Description"
Fuel injector EC-455, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-202, "Description"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-171, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-251, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-159, "Description"
Park/neutral position switch EC-342, "Description"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-334, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-177, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-328, "Description"
EC-40
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956486
EC
JMBIA0072GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000000956487
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
N
Firing order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig- O
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM. P
At starting
During warm-up
At idle
At low battery voltage
During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
EC-41
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000000956488
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-42
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0003ZZ
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ H
L
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-43
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-44
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
F
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) G
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid K
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector L
O
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- P
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-45
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0011ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-46
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve A
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
EC
JMBIA0019ZZ E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator F
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
G
JMBIA0015ZZ
J
JMBIA0016ZZ
N
EC-47
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0017ZZ
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-425, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-174, "Description"
Ignition signal EC-466, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-251, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-159, "Description"
Park/neutral position switch EC-342, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-177, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-328, "Description"
EC-48
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956490
EC
JMBIA0073GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000000956491
EC-49
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-50
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0003ZZ
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ H
L
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-51
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-52
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
F
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) G
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid K
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector L
O
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- P
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-53
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0011ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-54
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve A
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
EC
JMBIA0019ZZ E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator F
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
G
JMBIA0015ZZ
J
JMBIA0016ZZ
N
EC-55
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0017ZZ
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-425, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-174, "Description"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-334, "Description"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-479, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-328, "Description"
EC-56
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956494
EC
JMBIA0074GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000000956495
EC-57
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
CANCEL switch is pressed
More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
Brake pedal is depressed
Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to neutral position. (M/T models)
Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (A/T models)
Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch
is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
Brake pedal is released
Clutch pedal is released (M/T models)
A/T selector lever is in other than P and N positions (A/T models)
Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000000956496
EC-58
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0002ZZ
K
EC-59
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0003ZZ
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-60
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ I
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) J
M
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front N
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
O
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-61
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis-
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-62
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0011ZZ
D
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
E
JMBIA0013ZZ
H
JMBIA0014ZZ
L
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor M
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-63
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
JMBIA0019ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
JMBIA0015ZZ
JMBIA0016ZZ
EC-64
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0017ZZ
D
1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch
JMBIA0051ZZ H
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
I
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
K
ASCD steering switch EC-395, "Description"
ASCD brake switch EC-402, "Description"
Stop lamp switch EC-402, "Description" L
Electric throttle control actuator EC-374, "Description"
ASCD indicator EC-448, "Description"
M
EC-65
CAN COMMUNICATION
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
CAN COMMUNICATION
System Description INFOID:0000000000956498
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-28, "CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN communication for detail..
EC-66
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
COOLING FAN CONTROL
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956499
EC
JMBIA0075GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000000956500
EC-67
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-68
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0003ZZ
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ H
L
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-69
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-70
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
F
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) G
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid K
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector L
O
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- P
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-71
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0011ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-72
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve A
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
EC
JMBIA0019ZZ E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator F
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
G
JMBIA0015ZZ
J
JMBIA0016ZZ
N
EC-73
COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0017ZZ
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Cooling fan control module EC-449, "Description"
Cooling fan motor EC-449, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-174, "Description"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-479, "Description"
EC-74
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956503
EC
PBIB1631E
G
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
P
JMBIA0052ZZ
1. Intake manifold collector 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP service port
solenoid valve
: From next figure
EC-75
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0053ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. EVAP canister 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
: To previous figure
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
System Description INFOID:0000000000956504
EC-76
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel G
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. H
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. I
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
J
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000000956505
EC-77
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-78
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0003ZZ
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ H
L
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-79
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-80
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
F
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) G
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid K
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector L
O
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- P
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-81
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0011ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-82
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve A
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
EC
JMBIA0019ZZ E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator F
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
G
JMBIA0015ZZ
J
JMBIA0016ZZ
N
EC-83
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0017ZZ
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-187, "Description"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-425, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-174, "Description"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-280, "Description"
EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-296, "Description"
Fuel tank temperature sensor EC-230, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-159, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-177, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-328, "Description"
EC-84
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956507
EC
PBIB2765E
G
System Description INFOID:0000000000956508
EC-85
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-86
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0003ZZ
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ H
L
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-87
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-88
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
F
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) G
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid K
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector L
O
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- P
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-89
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0011ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-90
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve A
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
EC
JMBIA0019ZZ E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator F
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
G
JMBIA0015ZZ
J
JMBIA0016ZZ
N
EC-91
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0017ZZ
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-236, "Description"
Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder EC-156, "Description"
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor EC-346, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-328, "Description"
EC-92
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000000956511
EC
JMBIA0060GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000000956512
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION K
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant L
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
M
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000000956513
EC-93
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0002ZZ
EC-94
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0003ZZ
D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air
temperature sensor) (bank 1) temperature sensor) (bank 2)
JMBIA0004ZZ H
L
JMBIA0005ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Cooling fan motor-2 2. Cooling fan control module 3. Cooling fan motor-1
4. Cooling fan relay
EC-95
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
PBIB1907E
JMBIA0007ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
JMBIA0006ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
JMBIA0018ZZ
EC-96
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: Vehicle front A
1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
harness connector
4. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC
harness connector
JMBIA0008ZZ
F
1. Exhaust valve timing control position 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
sensor (bank 1) (bank 1) (bank 2)
4. Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2) G
JMBIA0009ZZ
1. Exhaust valve timing control magnet 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Intake valve timing control solenoid K
retarder (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 1) harness connector valve (bank 2) harness connector
4. Exhaust valve timing control magnet
retarder (bank 2) harness connector L
O
JMBIA0010ZZ
1. Ignition coil No.5 (with power transis- 2. Ignition coil No.3 (with power transis- 3. Ignition coil No.1 (with power transis- P
tor) tor) tor)
4. Condenser 5. Fuel injector No.3 6. Fuel injector No.1
7. Fuel injector No.2 8. Fuel injector No.4 9. Ignition coil No.2 (with power transis-
tor)
10. Ignition coil No.4 (with power transis- 11. Ignition coil No.6 (with power transis- 12. Fuel injector No.6
tor) tor)
13. Fuel injector No.5 14. Knock sensor (bank 1) 15. Knock sensor (bank 2)
EC-97
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0011ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
JMBIA0013ZZ
JMBIA0014ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. Power steering pressure sensor 2. Alternator 3. Engine oil temperature sensor
JMBIA0012ZZ
: Vehicle front
EC-98
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. EVAP service port 2. EVAP canister purge volume control 3. EVAP canister
solenoid valve A
4. EVAP canister vent control valve 5. EVAP control system pressure sen-
sor
EC
JMBIA0019ZZ E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 3. Fuel pressure regulator F
harness connector
4. Fuel tank temperature sensor
G
JMBIA0015ZZ
J
JMBIA0016ZZ
N
EC-99
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JMBIA0017ZZ
JMBIA0051ZZ
1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch (ASCD models) 3. Brake pedal
ICC brake switch (ICC models)
4. ASCD clutch switch (ASCD models) 5. Clutch pedal
ICC clutch switch (ICC models)
Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-258, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-254, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-174, "Description"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-153, "Description"
Vehicle speed sensor EC-328, "Description"
EC-100
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000000956515
INTRODUCTION EC
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
C
Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979 D
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979
E
1st Trip Freeze Frame data
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979
Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979 F
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
: Applicable : Not applicable
EC-101
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip
DTC will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in HOW TO
ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS. These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compo-
nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL
and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the
vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-8, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirmation
Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated,
the item requires repair.
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire DTC: P0300 - P0306
1
Fuel Injection System Function DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012.
EC-102
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools A
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. EC
1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if C
available) is recommended.
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. D
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC E
With CONSULT-III
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting All Erase in the Descrip-
tion of FINAL CHECK mode with CONSULT-III.
F
With GST
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting Service $04 with GST.
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-521, "DTC Index"), skip step 2. G
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-110, "Diagnosis Description". (The DTC in TCM will be erased) H
3. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-521, "DTC Index"), skip step 2. I
1. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
2. Perform TM-110, "Diagnosis Description". (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) J
3. Change the diagnostic test mode from Mode II to Mode I by depressing the accelerator pedal.
If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
K
The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data L
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values M
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE N
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. O
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to CMPLT.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT P
status will indicate CMPLT for each application system. Once set as CMPLT, the SRT status remains
CMPLT until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate INCMP for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate INCMP if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
EC-103
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates INCMP for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates CMPLT for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (CMPLT) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to CMPLT.
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) (1) OK (2) (2)
P0402 OK (1) (1) (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
SRT of EGR CMPLT CMPLT CMPLT CMPLT
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) (1) (1) (1)
P0402 (0) (0) OK (1) (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) (2) (2)
SRT of EGR INCMP INCMP CMPLT CMPLT
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK
P0402
NG
P1402 NG NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR INCMP INCMP INCMP CMPLT
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate CMPLT. Case 1 above
EC-104
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. Case 2 above A
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indi-
cate CMPLT. Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as INCMP is one (1) for each
EC
self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state
emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following
reasons:
The SRT will indicate CMPLT at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. C
The emissions inspection requires CMPLT of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to CMPLT of SRT, the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from ECM after repair. D
If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate INCMP.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as CMPLT together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates CMPLT. E
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating INCMP, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. F
PBIB2320E
EC-105
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
*1 How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC *2 How to Display SRT Status *3 How to Set SRT Code
PBIB2317E
SEF217U
EC-106
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Engine stopped C
D
Engine running MALFUNCTION This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is de-
WARNING tected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip de-
tection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
E
The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in
the 1st trip.
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
F
One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read.
ON position RESULTS
G
Engine stopped H
I
Diagnostic Test Mode I Bulb Check
In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to EC-
471, "Component Function Check". J
Diagnostic Test Mode I Malfunction Warning
MIL Condition K
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
L
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
EC-107
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to
read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as follows.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
ond) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-521, "DTC Index")
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode
NOTE:
It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF.
HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts
blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL may start blinking on the halfway of this
10 seconds. This blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
EC-108
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). A
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to confirm all DTCs certainly.
EC
PBIB0092E
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>,
EC-109
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Fuel Injection System
SEF392S
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>, Fuel Injection System
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
EC-110
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. A
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART)
<Driving Pattern C>
EC
Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) 375 rpm
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (10.1) [%] C
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70C (158F), T should be lower than 70C (158F).
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70C (158F), T should be higher than or equal to D
70C (158F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as follows:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80C (176F) E
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70C
(158F) F
The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80.
The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is G
stored in ECM.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deteriora-
tion>, Fuel Injection System H
EC-111
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
SEF393SD
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>, Fuel Injection System
EC-112
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
<Driving Pattern A>
A
EC
AEC574 F
The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
<Driving Pattern B> G
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. H
The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000000956516 I
FUNCTION
J
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit. K
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. L
CAN diagnostic support mon-
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
itor
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts M
Active test
some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed.
N
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECU part number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. O
Diagnostic trouble codes
1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
Freeze frame data
P
1st trip freeze frame data
System readiness test (SRT) codes
Test values
EC-113
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-114
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS CONFIRMATION
Item DATA
WORK ACTIVE DTC
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TEST SRT STA- WORK EC
DTC*1 FRAME TOR
TUS SUP-
DATA*2
PORT
Fuel injector C
Power transistor (Ignition timing)
Throttle control motor relay
D
Throttle control motor
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
EC-115
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN
ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING CONDITIONS.
IGN SW ON
ENGINE NOT RUNNING
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0C (32F).
NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYS-
TEM
FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0C (32F).
When detecting EVAP vapor leak
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING EVAP SYS-
point of EVAP system
TEM CLOSE
WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE
UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULT-
III WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRI-
ATE INSTRUCTION.
NOTE:
WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DIS-
PLAY BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BAT-
TERY, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY.
VIN REGISTRATION IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM
IN THIS MODE, OPERATION TO LEARN EXHAUST
When learning the exhaust valve
EXH V/T CONTROL LEARN VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER CHAR-
timing control
ACTERISTIC.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
When adjusting target ignition tim-
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* IDLE CONDITION
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
EC-116
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Freeze frame data
Description
item* A
B/FUEL SCHDL
The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[msec]
INT/A TEMP SE [C] EC
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
or [F]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] Always a certain value is displayed.
FTFMCH1 These items are not efficient for V36 models. C
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
EC-117
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
The fuel temperature (determined by the signal
FUEL T/TMP SE C or F voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is
displayed.
The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE C or F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen-
sor) is indicated.
The signal voltage of EVAP control system pres-
EVAP SYS PRES V
sure sensor is displayed.
The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is dis-
FUEL LEVEL SE V
played.
Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig-
speed and battery voltage. nal.
Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition-
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner sig-
nal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu-
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) switch signal.
[ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal voltage of the power
steering pressure sensor signal) is indicated.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical
load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light-
ing switch are OFF.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
When the engine is stopped, a certain
msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig-
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
nals.
Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
Calculated load value indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW gm/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
INT/V TIM (B1) Indicates [CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
CA
INT/V TIM (B2) gle.
EXH/V TIM B1
CA Indicates [CA] of exhaust camshaft retard angle.
EXH/V TIM B2
EC-118
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
INT/V SOL (B1) The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
ing to the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL (B2) %
The advance angle becomes larger as the value EC
increases.
EX VTC DTY B1 The control value of the exhaust valve timing con-
trol magnet retarder (determined by ECM accord-
% ing to the input signals) is indicated.
C
EX VTC DTY B2 The retard angle becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
TP SEN 1-B2 TP SEN 2-B2 signal is converted by D
The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis-
V ECM internally. Thus, they differs
TP SEN 2-B2 played.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
The air conditioner relay control condition (deter- E
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
F
nals.
The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
control valve (determined by ECM according to G
VENT CONT/V ON/OFF the input signals) is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
H
Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
I
HO2S2 HTR (B1) Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
HO2S2 HTR (B2) the input signals.
Indicates the engine speed computed from the J
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
turbine revolution sensor signal.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. K
Display the condition of Idle Air Volume Learning
YET: Idle air volume learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT formed yet. L
CMPLT: Idle air volume learning has already
been performed successfully.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the snow
SNOW MODE SW ON/OFF M
mode switch signal.
The engine oil temperature (determined by the
ENG OIL TEMP C or F signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sen-
sor) is displayed. N
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
A/F S1 HTR (B1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
computed by ECM according to the input signals. O
%
A/F S1 HTR (B2) The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases.
The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure P
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch
MAIN SW ON/OFF
signal.
EC-119
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/AC-
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
CELERATE switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST
SET SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
signal.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from DISTANCE
DIST SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT NON/CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low, and ASCD operation is cut off.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D accord- For M/T models, always OFF is dis-
AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF
ing to the input signal from the TCM. played.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of A/T O/D cancel For M/T models, always OFF is dis-
AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF
request signal. played.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF determined by the ECM according to the input
signals.
Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp deter-
SET LAMP ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
Display the condition of Exhaust Valve Timing
Control Learning
YET: Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning has
EXH V/T LEARN YET/CMPLT
not been performed yet.
CMPLT: Exhaust Valve Timing Control Learning
has already been performed successfully.
The signal voltage of battery current sensor is
BAT CUR SEN mV
displayed.
The control condition of the power generation
voltage variable control (determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF ON: Power generation voltage variable control is
active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable control
is inactive.
A/F ADJ-B1 Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference be-
tween the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and
A/F ADJ-B2 the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal.
Indicates a command value for cooling fan. The
FAN DUTY % value is calculated by ECM based on input sig-
nals.
Indicates A/C evaporator temperature sent from
AC EVA TEMP C or F
unified meter and A/C amp..
EC-120
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
Indicates target A/C evaporator temperature sent
AC EVA TARGET C or F
from unified meter and A/C amp..
Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation
ALTDUTY % command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM EC
based on the battery current sensor signal.
Voltage V
Frequency msec, Hz or % Only # is displayed if item is unable C
to be measured.
DUTY-HI Voltage, frequency, duty cycle or pulse width Figures with #s are temporary ones.
DUTY-LOW measured by the probe. They are the same figures as an actu-
al piece of data which was just previ- D
PLS WIDTH-HI ously measured.
PLS WIDTH-LOW
NOTE: E
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
EC-121
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
Engine: Return to the original
Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
INT V/T ANGLE Intake valve timing control sole-
Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
Engine: Return to the original
Harness and connectors
trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
EXT V/T ANGLE Exhaust valve timing control mag-
Change exhaust valve timing us- CHECK ITEM.
net retarder
ing CONSULT-III.
Harness and connectors
Ignition switch: ON Cooling fan motor
FAN DUTY CON-
Change duty ratio using CON- Cooling fan speed changes. Cooling fan relay
TROL*
SULT-III. Cooling fan control module
IPDM E/R
Engine: Idle Harness and connectors
ALTERNATOR
Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. IPDM E/R
DUTY
SULT-III. Alternator
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DESCRIPTION
EC-122
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978 has
8 different functions explained below. A
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service man-
ual.
EC
SEF139P
D
FUNCTION
JMBIA0055ZZ
EC-123
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
SEF398S
SEF416S
EC-124
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS A
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000000956518
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in SPEC in DATA MONI-
TOR mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in SPEC
in DATA MONITOR mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the C
value in SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have
one or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the D
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956519
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
Make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
TESTING CONDITION
Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
H
Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95C (167 - 203F)
Transmission: Warmed-up I
- For A/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until ATF
TEMP SE 1 (A/T fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60C (140F).
- For M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive for 5 minutes. J
Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
Engine speed: Idle K
>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
NOTE: M
Perform SPEC in DATA MONITOR mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-12, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Select B/FUEL SCHDL, A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2 in
N
SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956520 P
EC-125
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2268E
EC-126
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JMBIA0056GB
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-125, "Component Function Check".
3. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
EC-127
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NOTE:
Check A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL
Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
3.CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL
Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> GO TO 14. O
14.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2
1. Start engine.
2. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the P
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
EC-129
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2
1. Start engine.
2. Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-531, "Symptom Table".
17.CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL
Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18.
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> GO TO 22.
EC-130
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Select MAS A/F SE-B1, MAS A/F SE-B2 in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and make sure that the
indication is within the SP value. N
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. O
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct P
Looseness of oil filler cap
Disconnection of oil level gauge
Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
EC-131
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, AND B/FUEL SCHDL
Select A/F ALPHA-B1, A/F ALPHA-B2, and B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and
make sure that the each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-531, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK B/FUEL SCHDL
Select B/FUEL SCHDL in SPEC of DATA MONITOR mode, and then make sure that the indication is
within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-531, "Symptom Table".
EC-132
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956521
1.INSPECTION START EC
Start engine.
Is engine running?
C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
E
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F102 53 Ground Battery voltage F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
G
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. H
Harness connectors E3, F1
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
10A fuse (No. 44) I
Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. L
ECM N
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F101 8
123
O
124 Ground Existed
M107
127
P
128
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
EC-133
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E7 53 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Go to EC-466, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery volt-
M107 125 Ground age will exist for a few seconds, then drop ap-
proximately 0V.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO-1 >> Battery voltage does not exist: GO TO 9.
NO-2 >> Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds: GO TO 12.
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F101 24 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
EC-134
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18. A
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
Check the following.
Harness or connectors E106, M6
Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI D
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. E
EC-135
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F101 8
123
124 Ground Existed
M107
127
128
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> GO TO 17.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness or connectors F103, M116
Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
EC-136
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956522
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956523
D
K
Go to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
EC-137
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
Description INFOID:0000000000956525
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956526
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When detecting error during the initial diagno-
U1010 CAN communication bus ECM
sis of CAN controller of ECM.
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-138, "DTC Logic".
5. Check DTC.
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-138, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC U1010 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-15, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment".
EC-138
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956528
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
D
Intake valve timing Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0011 control performance Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1) Intake valve control solenoid valve
There is a gap between angle of target and Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up E
Intake valve timing phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
P0021 control performance Timing chain installation
(bank 2) Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control F
L
VHCL SPEED SE 100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph)
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60C (140F) M
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 7.3 msec
D position (A/T)
Selector lever
5th position (M/T) N
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds. O
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above. P
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-140, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-139
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
PBIA8559J
EC-140
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
rear end or replace camshaft.
JMBIA0058ZZ
Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? E
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F
Perform Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove. Refer to EM-69, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
J
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. K
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance L
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20C (68F)]
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist) M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. N
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. O
2. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION: P
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ
EC-141
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
EC-142
P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956531
Trouble diagnosis D
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
Exhaust valve timing Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0014 control performance Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1) Exhaust valve timing control position sensor E
There is a gap between angle of target and Exhaust valve control magnet retarder
Exhaust valve timing phase-control angle degree. Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0024 control performance portion of the camshaft
F
(bank 2) Timing chain installation
Exhaust valve timing control pulley assembly
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I J
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. K
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
L
VHCL SPEED SE 100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph)
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
M
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60C (140F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 7.3 msec
D position (A/T) N
Selector lever
5th position (M/T)
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. O
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST P
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
EC-143
P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
ECM
Ground Voltage signal
Connector Terminal
6
[EVT control magnet re-
tarder (bank 1) signal]
F101 Ground
7
[EVT control magnet re-
tarder (bank 2) signal]
JMBIA0034GB
EC-144
P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> INSPECTION END
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR A
JMBIA0059ZZ
P
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000000956533
EC-145
P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 9.0 - 11.0 [at 20C (68F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER
1. Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder.
2. Perform EC-20, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
EC-146
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956534
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. O
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-147, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NG >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956536
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0031, P0032 1 F3 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0051, P0052 2 F20 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E3, F1
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
15A fuse (No. 46)
Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
EC-148
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal Resistance
E
3 and 4 1.8 - 2.44 [at 25C (77F)]
3 and 1, 2
4 and 1, 2 (Continuity should not exist) F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. G
2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. H
CAUTION:
Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m
(19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen I
Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
J
>> INSPECTION END
EC-149
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
Description INFOID:0000000000956538
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 heater (bank 1) control
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038 heater (bank 1) control
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057 heater (bank 2) control
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen- Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058 heater (bank 2) control
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
EC-150
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
Is 1st tip DTC detected? C
YES >> Go to EC-151, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
D
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956540
HO2S2
DTC Ground Voltage I
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F54 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0057, P0058 2 F53 2 J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. K
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. L
Harness connectors E3, F1
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
15A fuse (No. 46)
Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM P
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F54 3 17
F101 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F53 3 33
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
EC-151
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Refer to EC-152, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
Terminal Resistance
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 [at 25C (77F)]
1 and 2, 3, 4
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)
EC-152
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956542
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
Intake valve timing control so- Harness or connectors
P0075
lenoid valve (bank 1) circuit An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Intake valve timing control solenoid
through intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake valve timing control so- valve. Intake valve timing control solenoid H
P0081
lenoid valve (bank 2) circuit valve
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. O
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
EC-153
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E3, F1
Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.7 [at 20C (68F)]
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
EC-154
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Provide 12V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the A
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control C
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ
EC-155
P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER
Description INFOID:0000000000956546
Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder (1) controls the shut/
open timing of the exhaust valve by ON/OFF pulse duty signals sent
from the ECM.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.
JMBIA0024ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Exhaust valve timing control Harness or connectors
P0078
magnet retarder (bank 1) circuit An improper voltage is sent to the ECM (Exhaust valve timing control magnet
through exhaust valve timing control mag- retarder circuit is open or shorted.)
Exhaust valve timing control net retarder. Exhaust valve timing control magnet re-
P0084
magnet retarder (bank 2) circuit tarder
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956548
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder harness connector and ground.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR C
OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
E
EVT control magnet retarder ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0078 1 F32 2 6 F
F101 Existed
P0084 2 F41 2 7
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER
Refer to EC-157, "Component Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
J
5.REPLACE EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER
1. Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder.
2. Perform EC-20, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". K
P
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 9.0 - 11.0 [at 20C (68F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER
EC-157
P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL MAGNET RETARDER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder.
2. Perform EC-20, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
EC-158
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956550
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956551
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
A)
under light load driving condition. Mass air flow sensor H
EVAP control system pressure
sensor
Mass air flow sensor
P0101 (bank 1) circuit range/ Harness or connectors I
performance (The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM un- Intake air leaks
B)
der heavy load driving condition. Mass air flow sensor J
EVAP control system pressure
sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
K
Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or
A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM shorted.)
A)
under light load driving condition. Mass air flow sensor L
EVAP control system pressure
sensor
Mass air flow sensor
P010B (bank 2) circuit range/ Harness or connectors
M
performance (The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM un- Intake air leaks
B)
der heavy load driving condition. Mass air flow sensor N
EVAP control system pressure
sensor
Intake air temperature sensor
O
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at P
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead
of running engine at idle speed.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
EC-159
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
If engine cannot be started, go to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the voltage of MAS A/F SE-B1/B2 with DATA MONI-
TOR.
5. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm.
6. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed
increases.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PBIB3457E
EC-160
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this A
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END EC
NO >> Go to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956552
C
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
With GST D
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01.
4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in E
response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Go to EC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SEF534P
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956553
1.INSPECTION START I
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-159, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 3. J
B >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
K
Check the following for connection.
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts. M
EC-161
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
MAF sensor
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0101 1 F31 5
Ground Battery voltage
P010B 2 F42 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E106, M6
Harness connectors M116, F103
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-162
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. A
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
EC
Refer to EC-163, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. C
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". D
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage M
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat- N
0.8 - 1.1V
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] ing temperature.)
F102 Ground
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.7V
operating temperature.)
O
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
- Crushed air ducts
EC-163
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode.
4. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.1V
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.8 - 1.1V
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] ing temperature.)
F102 Ground
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.7V
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode.
5. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.1V
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
EC-164
P0101, P010B MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. A
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
EC
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V C
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.8 - 1.1V
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] ing temperature.)
F102 Ground
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal D
1.4 - 1.7V
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
EC-165
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956555
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102 (bank 1) circuit low
to ECM. Intake air leaks
input
Mass air flow sensor
Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (bank 1) circuit high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM.
input Mass air flow sensor
Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P010C (bank 2) circuit low
to ECM. Intake air leaks
input
Mass air flow sensor
Mass air flow sensor Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P010D (bank 2) circuit high (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM.
input Mass air flow sensor
1.INSPECTION START
D
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102, P010C>>GO TO 2. E
P0103, P010D>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection. F
Air duct
Vacuum hoses
Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts. H
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC-167
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.1V
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
E C -1 6 8
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
EC
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V C
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.8 - 1.1V
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] ing temperature.)
F102 Ground
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal D
1.4 - 1.7V
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
E
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element H
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II J
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode.
4. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
L
Monitor item Condition Indication
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.1V M
MAS A/F SE-B1
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
N
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. O
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
EC-169
P0102, P0103, P010C, P010D MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.8 - 1.1V
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] ing temperature.)
F102 Ground
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.7V
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode.
5. Select MAS A/F SE-B1 and MAS A/F SE-B2, and check the indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.1V
MAS A/F SE-B2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operat-
0.8 - 1.1V
77 [MAF sensor (bank 1) signal] ing temperature.)
F102 Ground
79 [MAF sensor (bank 2) signal] 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal
1.4 - 1.7V
operating temperature.)
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.1V to Approx. 2.4V*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Clean or replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor.
EC-170
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956559
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor EC
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
NOTE:
ECM uses only the intake air temperature sensor (bank 1) for engine D
control and self-diagnosis. It does not use the intake air temperature
sensor (bank 2).
PBIA9559J E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance k
C (F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 67
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing SEF012P
so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM I
terminals, such as the ground.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
P0112
(bank 1) circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
Intake air temperature sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.) L
P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
(bank 1) circuit high input sent to ECM.
>> GO TO 2.
O
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. P
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956561
EC-172
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (bank 1).
A
EC
EC-173
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956563
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
Engine coolant tem-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0117 perature sensor cir-
sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine coolant tem- Engine coolant temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0118 perature sensor cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-174
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956565
A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection". EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C
EC-175
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-176
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956567
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor H
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0122 2 (bank 1) circuit low in-
2 is sent to ECM.
put
Throttle position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
I
P0123 2 (bank 1) circuit high in- Harness or connectors
2 is sent to ECM.
put (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 2)
J
P0227 2 (bank 2) circuit low in-
2 is sent to ECM.
put
Throttle position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor K
P0228 2 (bank 2) circuit high in-
2 is sent to ECM.
put
EC-177
P0122, P0123, P0227, P0228 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
ECM G
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
M
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
O
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END P
EC-179
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0125 ECT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956572
SEF594K
<Reference data>
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
Harness or connectors
Insufficient engine cool- practical, even when some time has passed
(High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 ant temperature for after starting the engine.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
closed loop fuel control Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
Thermostat
closed loop fuel control.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that COOLAN TEMP/S is above 10C (50F).
EC-180
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above. A
Is it above 10C (50F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3. EC
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III C
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If COOLAN TEMP/S increases to more than 10C (50F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
CAUTION: D
Be careful not to overheat engine.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST E
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-181, "Diagnosis Procedure" F
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956574
G
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-181, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. K
3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION
When the engine is cold [lower than 70C (158F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine L
coolant does not flow.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. M
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation".
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". N
EC-181
P0125 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
EC-182
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0127 IAT SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956576
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor EC
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
NOTE:
ECM uses only the intake air temperature sensor (bank 1) for engine D
control and self-diagnosis. It does not use the intake air temperature
sensor (bank 2).
PBIA9559J E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air temperature
Voltage* V Resistance k
C (F)
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 67
(Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing SEF012P
so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM I
terminals, such as the ground.
K
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
Intake air temperature
P0127 sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
too high L
from engine coolant temperature sensor. Intake air temperature sensor
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: N
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
With CONSULT-III
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90C (194F)
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90C (194F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
EC-183
P0127 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90C (194F).
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-184, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956578
EC-184
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956580
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Thermostat D
The engine coolant temperature does not reach
Leakage from sealing portion of thermo-
P0128 Thermostat function to specified temperature even though the en-
stat
gine has run long enough.
Engine coolant temperature sensor
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For best results, perform at ambient temperature of 10C (14F) or higher. G
For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of 10C (14F) to 60C (140F).
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III I
1. Replace thermostat with new one. Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation". Use only a genuine NIS-
SAN thermostat as a replacement. If an incorrect thermostat is used, the MIL may come on.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the indication of COOLAN TEMP/S.
If it is below 60C (140F), go to the following steps.
If it is above 60C (140F), cool engine down to less than 60C (140F). Then go to next step. K
5. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions.
EC-185
P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-186
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956583
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB E
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the F
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800C
(1,472F).
G
PBIB3354E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause K
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2V.
P0130 L
(bank 1) circuit
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F Harness or connectors
B)
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F or shorted.) M
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other A/F sensor 1
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2V.
P0150
(bank 2) circuit
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) N
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2V.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: P
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-187
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Let it idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) indication.
Does the indication fluctuates around 2.2V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I
1. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 (for DTC P0130) or A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 (for DTC P0150) of A/F
SEN1 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Touch START.
3. When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
EC-188
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-189
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-190
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956587
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB E
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the F
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800C
(1,472F).
G
PBIB3354E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause K
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Harness or connectors
P0131
(bank 1) circuit low voltage The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. shorted.) L
P0151 A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit low voltage
EC-191
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> Go to EC-192, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0131 1 F3 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0151 2 F20 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E3, F1
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
15A fuse (No. 46)
Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
EC-192
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
EC-193
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
Description INFOID:0000000000956590
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800C
(1,472F).
PBIB3354E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Harness or connectors
P0132
(bank 1) circuit high voltage The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. shorted.)
P0152 A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit high voltage
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check A/F SEN1 (B1) or A/F SEN1 (B2) indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5V?
EC-194
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> Go to EC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. A
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. C
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.
EC-195
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-196
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956593
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB E
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the F
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800C
(1,472F).
G
PBIB3354E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Harness or connectors L
P0133 (bank 1) circuit slow re- (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
sponse shorted.)
A/F sensor 1
The response of the A/F signal computed by A/F sensor 1 heater M
ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than Fuel pressure
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 the specified time. Fuel injector
P0153 (bank 2) circuit slow re- Intake air leaks
sponse Exhaust gas leaks N
PCV
Mass air flow sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at P
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
EC-197
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-198
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute. A
4. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956595
>> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle. I
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
L
PBIB1922E
EC-199
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0133 1 F3 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0153 2 F20 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E3, F1
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
15A fuse (No. 46)
Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
EC-200
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-201
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
Description INFOID:0000000000956596
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
SEF259VA
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Harness or connectors
P0137 (bank 1) circuit low volt- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
age The maximum voltage from the sensor is not Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 reached to the specified voltage. Fuel pressure
P0157 (bank 2) circuit low volt- Fuel injector
age Intake air leaks
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
EC-202
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC
6. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C (158F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1147 (for DTC P0137) or HO2S2 (B2) P1167 (for DTC P0157) of HO2S2 in C
DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE: D
It will take at most 10 minutes until COMPLETED is displayed.
10. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
E
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-204, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
F
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. G
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H
N
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0137 76 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be above 0.68V at O
F102 Ground
P0157 80 least 10 times least once during this procedure.
EC-203
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0137 76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
F102 Ground Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0157 80 least once during this procedure.
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0137 76 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be above 0.68V at
F102 Ground
P0157 80 sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) least once during this procedure.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F54 1
F102 84 Existed
P0157 2 F53 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-204
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
EC
P0137 1 F54 4 76
F102 Existed
P0157 2 F53 4 80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. C
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
P0137 1 F54 4 76
F102 Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F53 4 80
E
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. F
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
G
Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. H
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. I
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. J
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
K
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". L
1.INSPECTION START N
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 P
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC-205
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
6. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB3458E
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.18V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground
80 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
80 The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
EC-206
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM A
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] EC
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground
80 sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
D
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-207
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Description INFOID:0000000000956601
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the
various driving condition such as fuel-cut.
PBIB2376E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138 (bank 1) circuit high volt- Harness or connectors
age (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
EC-208
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A
Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Harness or connectors EC
P0158 (bank 2) circuit high volt-
age (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
Fuel pressure
Fuel injector
C
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A F
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. G
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B I
NOTE:
For better results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30 C (32 to 86 F).
1. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. J
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C (158F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F).
7. Open engine hood. L
8. Select HO2S2 (B1) P1146 (for DTC P0138) or HO2S2 (B2) P1166 (for DTC P0158) of HO2S2 in
DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III. M
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until COMPLETED is displayed.
10. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
N
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. O
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). P
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-210, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
EC-209
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956603
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0138 76 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
F102 Ground
P0158 80 least 10 times once during this procedure.
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0138 76 The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
F102 Ground Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0158 80 once during this procedure.
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0138 76 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
F102 Ground
P0158 80 sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) once during this procedure.
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-208, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2
B >> GO TO 9.
EC-210
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity E
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F54 1
F102 84 Existed
P0158 2 F53 1
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM I
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F54 4 76
F102 Existed J
P0158 2 F53 4 80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
K
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F54 4 76 L
F102 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F53 4 80
3. Also check harness for short to power.
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.
O
Water should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. P
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-213, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
EC-211
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F54 1
F102 84 Existed
P0158 2 F53 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F54 4 76
F102 Existed
P0158 2 F53 4 80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
EC-212
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
HO2S2 ECM A
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F54 4 76
F102 Ground Not existed EC
P0158 2 F53 4 80
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 D
J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000000956605
K
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
L
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. N
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. O
6. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
P
EC-213
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
7. Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB3458E
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.18V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground
80 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
80 The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
EC-214
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM A
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] EC
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground
80 sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
D
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-215
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Description INFOID:0000000000956606
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst 1, monitors the
oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1V in richer conditions to 0V in leaner condi-
tions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
SEF302U
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Harness or connectors
P0139 (bank 1) circuit slow re- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sponse It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 tween rich and lean than the specified time. Fuel pressure
P0159 (bank 2) circuit slow re- Fuel injector
sponse Intake air leaks
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
EC-216
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
3. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select HO2S2 (B1) P0139 or HO2S2 (B2) P0159 of HO2S2 in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with
CONSULT-III. C
9. Start engine and following the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until COMPLETED is displayed. D
10. Touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END E
NG >> Go to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
G
>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-217, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. M
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage N
Connector Terminal
P0139 76 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at A change of voltage should be more than
F102 Ground
P0159 80 least 10 times 0.24V for 1 second during this procedure. O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. P
EC-217
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0139 76 A change of voltage should be more than
F102 Ground Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0159 80 0.24V for 1 second during this procedure.
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P0139 76 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- A change of voltage should be more than
F102 Ground
P0159 80 sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) 0.24V for 1 second during this procedure.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F54 1
F102 84 Existed
P0159 2 F53 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
E C -2 1 8
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
HO2S2 ECM EC
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F54 4 76
F102 Existed C
P0159 2 F53 4 80
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
D
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F54 4 76 E
F102 Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F53 4 80
3. Also check harness for short to power.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-219, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
I
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: J
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. K
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III? O
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. P
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
EC-219
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select FUEL INJECTION in ACTIVE TEST mode, and select HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) at idle speed when adjusting FUEL INJECTION to 25%.
PBIB3458E
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be above 0.68V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is +25%.
HO2S2 (B1)/(B2) should be below 0.18V at least once when the FUEL INJECTION is 25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground
80 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
80 The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
EC-220
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM A
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 The voltage should be above 0.68V at
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] EC
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F102 Ground
80 sition (A/T), 4th gear position (M/T) The voltage should be below 0.18V at least
[HO2S2 (bank 2)] once during this procedure.
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
D
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: E
Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
F
Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant.
EC-221
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956611
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injection system too Intake air leaks
P0171
lean (bank 1) A/F sensor 1
Fuel injector
Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
Exhaust gas leaks
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
Fuel injection system too Incorrect fuel pressure
P0174 large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
lean (bank 2) Lack of fuel
Mass air flow sensor
Incorrect PCV hose connection
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-21, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-222
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time.
EC
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data 10 km/h (6 MPH)
C
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 C (158 F),
T should be lower than 70 C (158 F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F),
D
T should be higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F).
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
YES >> Go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956612
F
J
PBIB1922E
EC-223
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
EC-224
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
A
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. EC
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
PBIB3332E
EC-225
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956613
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injection system too A/F sensor 1
P0172
rich (bank 1) Fuel injection system does not operate properly. Fuel injector
The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too Exhaust gas leaks
Fuel injection system too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) Incorrect fuel pressure
P0175
rich (bank 2) Mass air flow sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-21, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 min-
utes. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
EC-226
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following con-
ditions should be satisfied at the same time. A
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data 10 km/h (6 MPH) EC
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 C (158 F),
T should be lower than 70 C (158 F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F), C
T should be higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F).
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
YES >> Go to EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956614
PBIB1922E
EC-227
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-228
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
A
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. EC
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
PBIB3332E
7.CHECK FUELINJECTOR D
EC-229
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0181 FTT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956615
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
Fuel tank temperature Harness or connectors
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
P0181 sensor circuit range/per- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
from engine coolant temperature sensor and in-
formance Fuel tank temperature sensor
take air temperature sensor.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Select COOLAN TEMP/S in DATA MONITOR with CONSULT-III.
2. Check COOLAN TEMP/S value.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
COOLAN TEMP/S less than 60C (140F)?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
EC-230
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Cool engine down until COOLAN TEMP/S is less than 60C (140F).
2. Wait at least 10 seconds. A
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-231, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956617
EC-231
P0181 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M7, B1
Harness for open or short between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump and unified meter and A/C amp.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
7.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-232
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956619
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera- EC
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases as temperature increases.
<Reference data>
D
Fluid temperature C (F) Voltage* V Resistance k
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7
SEF012P E
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 106 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
F
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transis-
tor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. M
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-233, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956621
O
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
P
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
EC-233
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Go to MWI-53, "Component Function Check".
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and unified meter
and A/C amp. harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector.
7.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-235, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-234
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector. C
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit.
4. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
D
Terminals Condition Resistance
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 k
4 and 5 Temperature C (F) E
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 k
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump.
JMBIA0167ZZ
EC-235
P0196 EOT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0196 EOT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956623
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 78
(Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transis-
tor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is
Engine oil temperature Harness or connectors
sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals
P0196 sensor range/perfor- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
from engine coolant temperature sensor and in-
mance Engine oil temperature sensor
take air temperature sensor.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
EC-236
P0196 EOT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds. A
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-237, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
C
With CONSULT-III
1. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates above 80C (176F).
If it is above 80C (176F), go to the following steps. D
If it is below 80C (176F), warm engine up until COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 80C (176F).
Then go to the following steps.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle at cool place. E
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
NOTE:
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 8.
5. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. F
6. Check the following.
EC-237
P0196 EOT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000000956626
EC-238
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956627
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil EC
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine oil temperature
Voltage* V Resistance k
C (F)
10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminal 78 I
(Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transis-
J
tor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
K
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No.
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause L
Name
Engine oil tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0197 ture sensor circuit low
sent to ECM. Harness or connectors M
input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Engine oil tempera- Engine oil temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0198 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM. N
high input
EC-239
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> Go to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956629
EOT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F38 1 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-240
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A
EC-241
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956631
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0222 1 (bank 1) circuit low in-
1 is sent to ECM.
put
Throttle position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
P0223 1 (bank 1) circuit high in- Harness or connectors
1 is sent to ECM.
put (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
P2132 1 (bank 2) circuit low in-
1 is sent to ECM.
put
Throttle position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor
P2133 1 (bank 2) circuit high in-
1 is sent to ECM.
put
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956633
EC-242
P0222, P0223, P2132, P2133 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I EC
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
H
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
EC-244
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956636
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. Improper spark plug
Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
Incorrect fuel pressure J
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
Intake air leak
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. The ignition signal circuit is open or short- K
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfire detected No. 5 cylinder misfires. ed
Lack of fuel
Signal plate
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfire detected No. 6 cylinder misfires. A/F sensor 1 L
Incorrect PCV hose connection
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I O
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 C (158 F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 C (158 F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 C (158 F).
The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
EC-246
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
A
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. EC
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
PBIB3332E
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE: F
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine. G
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri- H
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
JMBIA0021ZZ
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked. I
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal J
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por- K
tion.
EC-247
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-466, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-142, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.
SEF156I
EC-248
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Items Specifications A
A/T: 650 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
M/T: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T with 4WAS: 11 5 BTDC (in P or N position) EC
A/T without 4WAS: 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T with 4WAS: 11 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)
M/T without 4WAS: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-12, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". D
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
E
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
A/F sensor 1 ECM
Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
1 57
1 F3
2 61
F102 Existed
1 65 H
2 F20
2 66
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
I
A/F sensor 1 ECM
Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
1 57
1 F3
2 61
F102 Ground Not existed
1 65 K
2 F20
2 66
6. Also check harness for short to power. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-149, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1.
O
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
Check mass air flow sensor signal in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. P
EC-249
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-250
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956638
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A EC
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956639 C
EC-251
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-252, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-252
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 M.
A
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 k [at 20C (68F)]
EC
CAUTION:
Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
D
EC-253
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Description INFOID:0000000000956642
JMBIA0001GB
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or
shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal (Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
is not detected by the ECM during the first (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
few seconds of engine cranking. (EVAP control system pressure sensor
The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft circuit is shorted.)
Crankshaft position sen-
P0335 position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
sor (POS) circuit
while the engine is running. shorted.)
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
is not in the normal pattern during engine run- Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
ning. (bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
sor (bank 2)
Battery current sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Signal plate
EC-254
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni- A
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2. EC
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
C
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
D
YES >> Go to EC-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956644 E
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
EC-255
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC-256
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
N
JMBIA0063ZZ
JMBIA0001GB
EC-258
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause A
Harness or connectors
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is
open or shorted.] EC
Camshaft position sen- Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0340 sor (PHASE) (bank 1) (bank 1)
circuit Camshaft (INT)
Starter motor C
Starting system circuit
Dead (Weak) battery
Harness or connectors D
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
open or shorted.]
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir- E
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for cuit is shorted.]
the first few seconds during engine cranking. (Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
during engine running. (EVAP control system pressure sensor F
The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal circuit is shorted.)
pattern during engine running. (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
Camshaft position sen- shorted.)
P0345 sor (PHASE) (bank 2) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) G
circuit (bank 2)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Exhaust valve timing control position sen- H
sor (bank 2)
Battery current sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor I
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Camshaft (INT)
Starter motor
Starting system circuit J
Dead (Weak) battery
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I N
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. P
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-260, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-259
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956648
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
EC-260
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Sensor
A
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3 EC
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS D
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
E
Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-261
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
14.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.
JMBIA0058ZZ
EC-262
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor
(PHASE). EC
JMBIA0065ZZ
EC-263
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956650
PBIB1923E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Catalyst system efficiency Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420
below threshold (bank 1) Exhaust tube
Three way catalyst (manifold) does not op-
Intake air leaks
erate properly.
Fuel injector
Catalyst system efficiency Three way catalyst (manifold) does not
P0430 Fuel injector leaks
below threshold (bank 2) have enough oxygen storage capacity.
Spark plug
Improper ignition timing
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Make sure that COOLAN TEMP/S indicates more than 70C (158F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when COOLAN TEMP/S indication reaches to 70C (158F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION then SRT WORK SUPPORT mode with CONSULT-III.
EC-264
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator
pedal completely. A
10. Check the indication of CATALYST.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
CMPLT >> GO TO 6. EC
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
C
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until INCMP of CATALYST changes to CMPLT (It
will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to CMPLT? D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
E
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70C (158F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. F
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III G
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK I
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-265, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this J
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Go to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956651
L
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT-III M
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. N
5. Open engine hood.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following condition.
O
ECM
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
76 P
P0420 The voltage fluctuation cycle takes more
[HO2S2 (bank 1)] Keeping engine speed at 2500 rpm
F102 Ground than 5 seconds.
80 constant under no load
P0430 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 0 - 0.3 0.6 - 1.0
[HO2S2 (bank 2)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-266, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-265
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956652
PBIB1922E
Items Specifications
A/T: 650 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Target idle speed
M/T: 650 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T with 4WAS: 11 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
A/T without 4WAS: 15 5 BTDC (in P or N position)
Ignition timing
M/T with 4WAS: 11 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)
M/T without 4WAS: 15 5 BTDC (in Neutral position)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-12, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
EC-266
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM A
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
81
EC
82
85
F102 Ground Battery voltage
86 C
89
90
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pres-
sure. G
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
3. Start engine. H
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
JMBIA0021ZZ
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked. J
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 - K
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por- L
tion.
EC-267
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion.
SEF156I
EC-268
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956653
PBIB1026E
J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
EVAP canister purge volume control so- K
lenoid valve stuck closed
EVAP control system pressure sensor
and the circuit
Loose, disconnected or improper con- L
EVAP control system does not operate proper-
nection of rubber tube
EVAP control system in- ly, EVAP control system has a leak between in-
P0441 Blocked rubber tube
correct purge flow take manifold and EVAP control system
Cracked EVAP canister
pressure sensor.
EVAP canister purge volume control so-
M
lenoid valve circuit
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Blocked purge port N
EVAP canister vent control valve
EC-269
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Always perform test at a temperature of 5C (41F) or more.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds.
4. Select PURG FLOW P0441 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode with CON-
SULT-III.
5. Touch START.
Is COMPLETED displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
When the following conditions are met, TESTING will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until TESTING changes to COMPLETED. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)
EC-270
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM A
Ground
Connector Terminal
102
M107 Ground EC
(EVAP control system pressure sensor signal)
6. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it.
7. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
C
8. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1V less than the value at idle speed (mea-
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956655
EC-271
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine.
SEF367U
SEF368U
EC-272
P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> GO TO 14. M
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
N
EC-273
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956656
PBIB1026E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP control system EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
P0442 small leak detected control system does not operate prop- Loose or disconnected rubber tube
(negative pressure) erly. EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is
missing or damaged
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
EC-274
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
A
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at EC
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed C
on flat level surface.
Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 30C (32 to 86F).
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve D
properly.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
G
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F)
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 30C (32 - 86F) H
5. Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed. I
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-12, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
J
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST
NOTE: L
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern in EC-526, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern.
M
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC displayed? N
YES-1 >> P0441: Go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END O
EC-275
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
EC-276
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
A
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 8. EC
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
C
PBIB2731E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
F
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G
Check the following.
EVAP canister for damage
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection H
With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port. J
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
4. Touch Qu on CONSULT-III screen to increase PURG VOL CONT/V opening to 100%. K
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-472, "Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-475, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Refer to MWI-54, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
EC-278
P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. A
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC
SEF445Y
H
4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
EC-279
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000000956659
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
JMBIA0069ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
EVAP control system pressure sensor
EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
The canister purge flow is detected during the
EVAP canister purge (The valve is stuck open.)
specified driving conditions, even when EVAP
P0443 volume control solenoid EVAP canister vent control valve
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
valve EVAP canister
completely closed.
Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. E
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
F
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F7 1 Ground Battery voltage G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector. M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-281
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-282
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
A
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 12. EC
NO >> GO TO 14.
PBIB2731E
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
F
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. G
EVAP canister for damage
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
I
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
L
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. M
6. Touch Qd and Qu on CONSULT-III screen to adjust PURG
VOL CONT/V opening and check air passage continuity of
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the
N
following conditions.
100% Existed
0% Not existed
P
JMBIA0068ZZ
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
EC-283
P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-284
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
A
VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000000956663
EC
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/
OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canis-
ter. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is C
moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse,
the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
D
E
JMBIA0069ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956665
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
EC-285
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-287, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
EC-286
P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. A
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC
EC-287
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000000956667
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
PBIB1263E
Control System diagnosis.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956668
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
P0447 (The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve.
EVAP canister vent control valve
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956669
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON.
2. Select VENT CONTROL/V in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch ON/OFF on CONSULT-III screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.
EC-288
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
EC-289
P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
JMBIA0168ZZ
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the JMBIA0169ZZ
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
D
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second. E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the F
following conditions.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
G
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
12V direct current supply between
Not existed H
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve J
EC-291
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000000956671
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP
PBIB1263E
Control System diagnosis.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956672
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
EVAP canister vent control valve
EVAP control system pressure sensor
EVAP canister vent con- EVAP canister vent control valve remains and the circuit
P0448
trol valve close closed under specified driving conditions. Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control valve
EVAP canister is saturated with water
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute.
5. Repeat next procedures three times.
- Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 min-
utes.
Never exceed 3 minutes.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds.
EC-292
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
A
EC
PBIB0972E
PBIB2731E
O
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor P
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-293
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Check the following.
EVAP canister for damage
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
JMBIA0168ZZ
EC-294
P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. A
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed EC
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
C
Without CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the JMBIA0169ZZ
following conditions. D
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions. M
Make sure new O-ring is installed properly.
EC-295
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956675
PBIB3370E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
EVAP control system (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP
P0451 pressure sensor perfor- (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
control system pressure sensor
mance shorted.)
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
sor (bank 2)
Battery current sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-297, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-296
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956677
A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection". EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal L
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1 M
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
N
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS P
EC-297
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
ECM Condition
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8V
M107 102 Ground
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/
cm2, 14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor
EC-298
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956679
PBIB3370E E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956680
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] H
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.] I
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
EVAP control system (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0452 pressure sensor low in- (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
put
sent to ECM.
shorted.)
J
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) K
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
sor (bank 2)
Battery current sensor L
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Make sure that FUEL T/TMP SE is more than 0C (32F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
EC-299
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector and ground as follows.
ECM
Ground
Connector Terminal
106
M107 Ground
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal)
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2V.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-300, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956681
EC-300
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-301
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-303, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
EC-302
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
A
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000000956682
EC
E
ECM Condition
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi)]
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8V F
M107 102 Ground
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. G
Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/
cm2, 14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor
I
EC-303
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956683
PBIB3370E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is open or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
EVAP control system shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0453 pressure sensor high in- EVAP control system pressure sensor
sent to ECM.
put Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
sor (bank 2)
Battery current sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
EVAP canister vent control valve
EVAP canister
Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
EC-304
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. A
5. Make sure that FUEL T/TMP SE is more than 0C (32F).
6. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
7. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector and ground as follows.
C
ECM
Ground
Connector Terminal
D
106
M107 Ground
(Fuel tank temperature sensor signal)
3. Make sure that the voltage is less than 4.2V. E
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
F
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-305, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956685
EC-305
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
10.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
A
SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
EC
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
C
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B252 1 M107 112 Existed D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. E
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F
Check the following.
Harness connectors B251, B31
Harness connectors B1, M7
Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM G
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
H
12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND
SHORT
1. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- I
ness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK RUBBER TUBE O
EC-307
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve.
16.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-308, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
17.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister (1).
PBIB2731E
EC-308
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Condition A
Ground 2 Voltage
Connector Terminal [Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm , psi)]
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8V
M107 102 Ground EC
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5V lower than above value
CAUTION:
Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. C
Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/
cm2, 14.69 psi).
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor
E
EC-309
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956687
PBIB1026E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to
close.
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
Leak is in line between intake manifold
and EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister
vent control valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP control system has a very large leak such EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube)
EVAP control system
P0455 as fuel filler cap fell off, EVAP control system leaks
gross leak detected
does not operate properly. EVAP purge line rubber tube bent.
Loose or disconnected rubber tube
EVAP canister vent control valve and the
circuit
EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control
valve is missing or damaged.
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
CAUTION:
EC-310
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at A
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
NOTE:
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
EC
properly.
TESTING CONDITION:
Perform DTC WORK SUPPORT when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed
on flat level surface. C
Open engine hood before conducting the following procedures.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
E
With CONSULT-III
1. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until ratcheting sound is heard.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Make sure that the following conditions are met.
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 70C (32 - 158F) G
INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60C (32 - 140F)
6. Select EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed. H
NOTE:
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-12, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement". I
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> Go to EC-311, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
K
Which DTC is detected?
P0455 >> Go to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
P0442 >> Go to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With GST
NOTE: M
Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern in EC-526, "How to Set SRT Code" before driving vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern. N
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
O
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES-1 >> P0455: Go to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES-2 >> P0442: Go to EC-275, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES-3 >> P0441: Go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". P
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956688
EC-311
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
SEF915U
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check the following.
EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-546, "Removal and Installation".
EVAP canister vent control valve.
Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
8.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK
Refer to EC-544, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
EC-312
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 9. A
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port.
2. Start engine and let it idle. C
3. Select PURG VOL CONT/V in ACTIVE TEST mode.
4. Touch Qu on CONSULT-III screen to increase PURG VOL CONT/V opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. D
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Stop engine. G
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port.
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. H
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.
EC-313
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
16.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-472, "Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
17.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
18.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Refer to EC-475, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
SEF445Y
EC-314
P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
4. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
A
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -
2.90 psi)
Vacuum: EC
6.0 to 3.3 kPa (0.061 to 0.034 kg/cm2,
0.87 to 0.48 psi)
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF943S
F
>> INSPECTION END
EC-315
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956690
PBIB1026E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
Incorrect fuel filler cap used
Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent con-
trol valve.
EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks
EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
Evaporative emission
EVAP system has a very small leak. Loose or disconnected rubber tube
control system very
P0456 EVAP system does not operate prop- EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
small leak (negative
erly. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
pressure check)
valve and the circuit
Fuel tank temperature sensor
O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is miss-
ing or damaged
EVAP canister is saturated with water
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
ORVR system leaks
Fuel level sensor and the circuit
Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge vol-
ume control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
EC-316
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. A
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START EC
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PRECONDITIONING
D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
NOTE:
After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly. E
TESTING CONDITION:
Open engine hood before conducting following procedure.
If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle F
for more than 1 hour.
- Fuel filler cap is removed.
- Fuel is refilled or drained.
- EVAP component parts is/are removed. G
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
Make sure that EVAP hoses are connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
properly. H
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. J
2. Make sure the following conditions are met.
FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4V
COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32C (32 - 90F)
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35C (32 - 95F) K
INT A/TEMP SE: More than 0C (32F)
If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining
fuel until the output voltage condition of the FUEL LEVEL SE meets within the range above and leave L
the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1).
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select EVAP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456 of EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM in DTC WORK SUPPORT mode M
with CONSULT-III.
Follow the instruction displayed.
NOTE: N
If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to
EC-12, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen? O
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK P
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-318, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
EC-317
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> Go to EC-318, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956691
SEF915U
EC-318
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Retighten until
ratcheting sound is heard.
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION EC
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE D
Refer to EC-321, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK F
Refer to EC-544, "Inspection".
Is there any leak in EVAP line?
YES >> Repair or replace. G
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
H
Check the following.
EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to EC-546, "Removal and Installation".
EVAP canister vent control valve. I
Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. J
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
K
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
2. Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
L
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
M
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
N
PBIB2731E
O
8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. P
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-319
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Check the following.
EVAP canister for damage
EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
D
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con- E
nection. For location, refer to EC-472, "Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19. F
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
G
Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube.
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE I
Refer to EC-475, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21. J
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR K
Refer to MWI-54, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22. L
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-321
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
EC-322
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956694
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. EC
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.. The
unified meter and A/C amp. sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
E
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-137, "DTC Logic".
If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-138, "DTC Logic".
When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the F
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected.
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or H
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal be- shorted)
Fuel level sensor circuit
P0460 ing varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to Harness or connectors
noise
ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
Unified meter and A/C amp. I
Fuel level sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L
EC-323
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956697
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.. The
unified meter and A/C amp. sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956698
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
shorted)
Fuel level sensor circuit not change within the specified range even
P0461 Harness or connectors
range/performance though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tance.
Unified meter and A/C amp.
Fuel level sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-10,
"Removal and Installation".
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
EC-324
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-543, "Inspection". A
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
EC
6. Select FUEL LEVEL SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
7. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
8. Select FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Touch ON and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. C
10. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it.
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check FUEL LEVEL SE output voltage and note it. D
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Go to EC-325, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Without CONSULT-III F
NOTE:
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance. G
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-543, "Inspection".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. H
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. I
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-325, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956700
EC-325
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956701
The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the unified meter and A/C amp.. The
unified meter and A/C amp. sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956702
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is Harness or connectors
P0462
low input sent to ECM. (The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
Harness or connectors
Fuel level sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0463
high input sent to ECM. Unified meter and A/C amp.
Fuel level sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956703
EC-326
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> INSPECTION END
A
EC
EC-327
P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000000956704
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the unified meter and A/C amp. from the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) by CAN communication line. The unified meter and A/C amp. then sends a signal to the ECM
by CAN communication line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956705
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
ed)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from Harness or connectors
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
when vehicle is being driven. shorted)
Wheel sensor
Unified meter and A/C amp.
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR FUNCTION
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Read VHCL SPEED SE in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
EC-328
P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
A
ENG SPEED 1,800 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70C (158F)
EC
B/FUEL SCHDL 5.0 - 31.8 msec
Except P or N position (A/T)
Selector lever
Except Neutral position (M/T)
C
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
YES >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
H
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels. I
2. Start engine.
3. Read vehicle speed sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed sensor on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with J
suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956707
L
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace.
N
2.CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
O
>> INSPECTION END
EC-329
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000000956708
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956709
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Idle speed control sys-
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 tem RPM lower than ex-
by 100 rpm or more. Intake air leak
pected
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-330, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956710
EC-330
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
2. Replace ECM.
3. Go to EC-15, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require- A
ment".
EC-331
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000000956711
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956712
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Idle speed control sys- Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 tem RPM higher than Intake air leak
speed by 200 rpm or more.
expected PCV system
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-332, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956713
EC-332
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair. A
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE ECM
EC
1. Stop engine.
2. Replace ECM.
3. Go to EC-15, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment". C
EC-333
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0550 PSP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956714
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956715
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
P0550 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
Power steering pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956716
PSP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F35 3 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-334
P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
M
1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. N
3. Start engine and let it idle.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground under the following conditions.
O
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Being turned 0.5 - 4.5V P
F102 87 Ground Steering wheel
Not being turned 0.4 - 0.8V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor.
EC-335
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Description INFOID:0000000000956718
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.
JMBIA0057ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
ECM power supply cir- ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
P0603
cuit properly. open or shorted.]
ECM
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for four times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956720
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F102 93 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
EC-336
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
C
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. E
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. G
See EC-336, "DTC Logic".
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-336, "DTC Logic". I
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END J
5.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-15, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require- K
ment".
EC-337
P0605 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0605 ECM
Description INFOID:0000000000956721
JMBIA0057ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-339, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-338
P0605 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956723
A
1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT-III
EC
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. C
See EC-338, "DTC Logic".
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-338, "DTC Logic".
E
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
F
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-15, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require- G
ment".
EC-339
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956724
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
ECM detects a voltage of power [EVT control position sensor (bank 1) circuit is shorted.]
Sensor power supply
P0643 source for sensor is excessively low (PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
circuit short
or high. Accelerator pedal position sensor
Throttle position sensor
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 1)
Power steering pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-340, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956725
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E112 5 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
EC-340
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Sensor EC
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
43 Electric throttle control actuator (bank 2) F27 1
F101 C
44 Electric throttle control actuator (bank 1) F6 6
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) F5 1
F102 60 EVT control position sensor (bank 1) F4 1 D
PSP sensor F35 3
M107 99 APP sensor E112 5
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
F
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".) G
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 1) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-335, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK TP SENSOR I
Refer to EC-179, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR K
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-179, "Special Repair Requirement".
L
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
M
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. O
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC-341
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000000956726
When the selector lever position is P or N (A/T), Neutral position (M/T), park/neutral position (PNP) switch is
ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956727
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch
Park/neutral position
P0850 switch is not changed in the process of engine circuit is open or shorted.]
switch
starting and driving. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
TCM (A/T models)
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select P/N POSI SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the P/N POSI SW sig-
nal under the following conditions.
EC-342
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec
A
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END C
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-343, "Component Function Check".
D
NOTE:
Use component function check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) switch circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-343, "Diagnosis Procedure".
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956728
1.INSPECTION START L
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
Which type of transmission?
A/T >> GO TO 2. M
M/T >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK DTC WITH TCM N
Refer to TM-113, "Diagnosis Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. O
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START. P
Does starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Check DTC with BCM. Refer to BCS-13, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COM-
MON ITEM)".
4.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-343
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/T assembly harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/T assembly harness connector and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
PNP switch
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F55 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E3, F1
10A fuse (No. 43)
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PNP switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-344
P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-345
P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956730
JMBIA0064ZZ
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
[EVT control position sensor (bank 1) circuit is
open or shorted)
Exhaust valve timing
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
P1078 control position sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
(bank 1) circuit
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1)
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
Harness or connectors
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) circuit is
open or shorted)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is short-
ed.]
An excessively high or low voltage from (Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
the sensor is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit
is shorted.)
Exhaust valve timing
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is short-
P1084 control position sensor
ed.)
(bank 2) circuit
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
(bank 2)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2)
Battery current sensor
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
EC-346
P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
P
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
EC-347
P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC-348
P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM
harness connector. A
P
JMBIA0059ZZ
EC-349
P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000000956733
JMBIA0065ZZ
Terminals Resistance
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or [at 25C (77F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control position sensor.
EC-350
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956734
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The closed loop control function for bank 1 does D
Closed loop control Harness or connectors
P1148 not operate even when vehicle is driving in the
function (bank 1) (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or short-
specified condition.
ed.)
The closed loop control function for bank 2 does A/F sensor 1 E
Closed loop control
P1168 not operate even when vehicle is driving in the A/F sensor 1 heater
function (bank 2)
specified condition.
EC-351
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000000956735
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956736
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ABS actuator and electric unit (control
ECM receives a malfunction information from
P1211 TCS control unit unit)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
TCS related parts
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 60 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> EC-352, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956737
EC-352
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956738
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956739
EC-353
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956741
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over-
ed.)
heat).
IPDM E/R
Cooling fan system does not operate proper-
Cooling fan control module
Engine over tempera- ly (Overheat).
P1217 Cooling fan motor
ture (Overheat) Engine coolant was not added to the system
Radiator hose
using the proper filling method.
Radiator
Engine coolant is not within the specified
Radiator cap
range.
Water pump
Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-8, "Draining" and CO-9,
"Refilling". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-9, "Draining"and LU-9, "Refilling".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-11, "Anti-Freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-354, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956742
EC-354
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF621W
EC-355
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-23, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-175, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.
ON*2 6 Thermostat Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-23, "Inspection"
lower radiator hoses
OFF*4 10 Coolant return from res- Visual Should be initial level in CO-8, "Inspection"
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 Cylinder head Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-111, "Inspection"
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 Cylinder block and pis- Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-124, "Inspection"
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (55 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
EC-356
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-3, "Troubleshooting Chart". A
EC-357
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956744
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Closed throttle position learning per-
P1225
formance (bank 1) Closed throttle position learning value Electric throttle control actuator
Closed throttle position learning per- is excessively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
P1234
formance (bank 2)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956746
EC-358
P1225, P1234 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside.
JMBIA0025ZZ
>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
I
>> END
J
EC-359
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956748
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Closed throttle position learn-
P1226
ing performance (bank 1) Closed throttle position learning is not performed Electric throttle control actuator
Closed throttle position learn- successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
P1235
ing performance (bank 2)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-360, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956750
EC-360
P1226, P1235 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. A
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle EC
control actuator inside.
JMBIA0025ZZ
>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
I
>> END
J
EC-361
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000000956752
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956753
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control Harness or connectors
P1233
performance (bank 2) Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
Electric throttle control ate properly. shorted)
P2101 Electric throttle control actuator
performance (bank 1)
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-362, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956754
EC-362
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM A
DTC Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0V
P1233 F102 52 EC
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Ground
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0V
P2101 F101 3
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 3. D
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK FUSE
EC-363
P1233, P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse for blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
JMBIA0025ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
N
>> END
EC-365
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956757
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956758
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle control motor Harness or connectors
P1236
(bank 2) circuit short ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
Throttle control motor ECM and throttle control motor. Electric throttle control actuator
P2118 (Throttle control motor)
(bank 1) circuit short
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-366, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956759
EC-366
P1236, P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Electric throttle control actuator ECM
DTC Continuity A
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 Existed
1
4 Not existed EC
P2118 1 F6 F101
2 Not existed
2
4 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
D
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Refer to EC-367, "Component Inspection". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5. F
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. H
5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace malfunctioning electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-367, "Special Repair Requirement". I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
EC-368
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956762
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956763
D
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B L
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T). M
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. N
7. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> Go to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
P
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T) or Neutral position (M/T).
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EC-369
P1238, P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> Go to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956764
JMBIA0025ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END
EC-370
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956766
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor H
P1239 (bank 2) circuit range/ Harness or connector
performance Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or
compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 shorted.)
Throttle position sensor and TP sensor 2. Electric throttle control actuator I
P2135 (bank 1) circuit range/ (TP sensor 1 and 2)
performance
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at K
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10V at idle.
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? N
YES >> Go to EC-371, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956768
EC-372
P1239, P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A
ECM F
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
M
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
N
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
>> END O
EC-373
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Description INFOID:0000000000956771
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956772
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle control motor relay Harness or connectors
P1290
circuit open (bank 2) ECM detects a voltage of power source for (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
Throttle control motor relay throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
P2100 Throttle control motor relay
circuit open (bank 1)
Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor relay ECM detect the throttle control motor relay is (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103
circuit short stuck ON. shorted)
Throttle control motor relay
EC-374
P1290, P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT F
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
G
IPDM E/R ECM
DTC Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P1290 F102 52 H
P2100 F101 3
E7 54 Existed
F101 3
P2103 I
F102 52
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse for blown. N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse. O
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
EC-375
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
Description INFOID:0000000000956774
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition.
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956775
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
ECM does not control ignition timing and engine Lack of intake air volume
Cold start emission reduction
P1421 idle speed properly when engine is started with Fuel injection system
strategy monitoring
prewarming up condition. ECM
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check the indication of COOLAN TEMP/S.
If it is between 4C (39F) and 36C (97F), go to the following steps.
If it is below 4C (39F), warm engine up to more than 4C (39F) and retry from step 1.
If it is above 36C (97F), cool engine down to less than 36C (97F) and retry from step 1.
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-376, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-376
P1421 COLD START CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. A
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
EC
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-222, "DTC Logic".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
D
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SELF DIAG RESULTS mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch ERASE. E
4. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-376, "DTC Logic".
With GST F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select Service $04 with GST.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-376, "DTC Logic". G
Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END H
5.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM. I
2. Go to EC-15, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment".
J
>> INSPECTION END
EC-377
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956777
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8,
"System Description".
CAUTION:
Do not connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956778
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit
is shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2)
circuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
The output voltage of the battery current
Battery current sensor circuit circuit is shorted.)
P1550 sensor remains within the specified
range/performance (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
range while engine is running.
shorted.)
Battery current sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-378
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956779
A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection". EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C
ECM Sensor
O
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1 P
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
EC-379
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-380
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12. A
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
Harness connectors F1, E3
Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection". D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. E
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". F
ECM JMBIA0027ZZ
Ground Voltage L
Connector Terminal
91
F102 Ground Approx. 2.5V
(Battery current sensor signal)
M
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-2, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
EC-381
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956781
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8,
"System Description".
CAUTION:
Do not connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956782
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Battery current sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sen- Harness or connectors
P1551
low input sor is sent to ECM. (Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit
is shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2)
circuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
Battery current sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sen- (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P1552 shorted.)
high input sor is sent to ECM.
Battery current sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-383, "Diagnosis Procedure".
EC-382
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> INSPECTION END
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956783
EC-383
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-384
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
: To body ground
L
4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and
body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and M
ground.
ECM JMBIA0027ZZ
N
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
91
F102 Ground Approx. 2.5V O
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-2, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
P
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
EC-385
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956785
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8,
"System Description".
CAUTION:
Do not connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956786
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit
is shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2)
circuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
The signal voltage transmitted from the
Battery current sensor perfor- circuit is shorted.)
P1553 sensor to ECM is higher than the amount
mance (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
of the maximum power generation.
shorted.)
Battery current sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-387, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
EC-386
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956787
A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection M95. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-42, "Circuit Inspection". EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C
ECM Sensor
O
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1 P
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
EC-387
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-388
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12. A
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC
Harness connectors F1, E3
Harness for open or short between battery current sensor and ECM
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-389, "Component Inspection". D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. E
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident". F
ECM JMBIA0027ZZ
Ground Voltage L
Connector Terminal
91
F102 Ground Approx. 2.5V
(Battery current sensor signal)
M
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-2, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END N
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
EC-389
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956789
The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-8,
"System Description".
CAUTION:
Do not connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956790
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(Battery current sensor circuit is open
or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit
is shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2)
circuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
The output voltage of the battery current
Battery current sensor perfor- circuit is shorted.)
P1554 sensor is lower than the specified value
mance (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
while the battery voltage is high enough.
shorted.)
Battery current sensor
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
Accelerator pedal position sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8V at idle.
EC-390
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF. A
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle. C
2. Select BAT CUR SEN in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check BAT CUR SEN indication for 10 seconds.
BAT CUR SEN should be above 2,300mV at least once.
Without CONSULT-III D
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
E
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F
91
F102 Ground Above 2.3V at least once
(Battery current sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-391, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956792 H
EC-391
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors F1, E3
Harness for open between battery current sensor and ECM
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-427, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
EC-392
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-393
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
: To body ground
4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and
body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and
ground.
ECM JMBIA0027ZZ
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
91
F102 Ground Approx. 2.5V
(Battery current sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-2, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
EC-394
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956794
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-57, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956795 C
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. K
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. L
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
M
YES >> Go to EC-395, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956796
N
EC-395
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
RESUME/ACCEL- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ERATE switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET SW SET/COAST switch
Released OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0V
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1V
101
M107 Ground SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2V
(ASCD steering switch signal)
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3V
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M303.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
EC-396
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Combination switch L
Condition Resistance
Connector Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
M
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
M303 13 and 16 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480 N
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch
P
EC-397
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000000956798
ICC steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of
switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to CCS-16, "System Description" for the ICC function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956799
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
An excessively high voltage signal from the
ICC steering switch is sent to ECM. Harness or connectors
ECM detects that input signal from the ICC (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ICC steering switch
steering switch is out of the specified range. ICC steering switch
ECM detects that the ICC steering switch is ECM
stuck ON.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press DISTANCE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-398, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956800
EC-398
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
A
Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
MAIN SW MAIN switch EC
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF C
RESUME/ACCEL- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ERATE switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
D
SET SW SET/COAST switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON E
DIST SW DISTANCE switch
Released OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM G
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0V
H
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1.3V
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-399
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-400, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
Combination switch
Condition Resistance
Connector Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 310
DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 740
M303 13 and 16
SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 1,400
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 2,600
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 5,500
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch
EC-400
P1568 ICC FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1568 ICC FUNCTION
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956802
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name E
Harness or connectors
ECM detects a difference between signals (The CAN communication line is open or
P1568 ICC function from ICC sensor integrated unit is out of spec- shorted.)
ified range. ICC sensor integrated unit F
ECM
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
EC-401
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000000956804
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-57, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956805
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent Harness or connectors
to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572 ASCD brake switch Stop lamp switch
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
hicle is driving. Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
ECM
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp lights up.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
EC-402
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Follow the procedure With CONSULT-III above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? A
YES >> Go to EC-403, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC
With CONSULT-III
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. D
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Without CONSULT-III
M
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
N
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC-403
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Without CONSULT-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC-404
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-407, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)" EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch. C
8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. D
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
E
ASCD clutch switch
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
F
Slightly depressed Approx. 0V
E108 2 Ground Brake pedal
Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. I
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
EC-405
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-407, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
13.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
15.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-408, "Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace ASCD clutch switch.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-406
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
18.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
Stop lamp switch ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 2 M107 122 Existed C
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
D
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> GO TO 19.
19.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E
Check the following.
Fuse block (J/B) connectors E103, M2
Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch F
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
20.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH G
J
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000000956807
K
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.
EC-407
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
Component Inspection (ASCD Clutch Switch) INFOID:0000000000956808
EC-408
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956810
When the brake pedal is depressed, ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM EC
detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to CCS-16, "System Description" for the ICC function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956811 C
>> GO TO 2. M
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). N
2. Select DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp lights up.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions. O
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. P
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC-410
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> GO TO 16.
F
3.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector. G
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
H
ICC brake switch
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E114 1 Ground Battery voltage I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4. J
EC-411
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Harness for open or short between ICC brake switch and ECM
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
8.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.
EC-412
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. A
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
EC
Refer to EC-414, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22. C
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
13.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
ICC clutch switch ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
E113 1 M107 126 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H
Check the following.
Harness connectors E106, M6
Harness for open or short between ICC clutch switch and ECM I
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
J
15.CHECK ICC CLUTCH SWITCH
Refer to EC-415, "Component Inspection (ICC Clutch Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace ICC clutch switch.
16.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L
EC-413
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
20.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-415, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
21.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY
Refer to EC-416, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.
22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
EC-415
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-416
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956817
The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from unified EC
meter and A/C amp., and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals
for ASCD control. Refer to EC-57, "System Description" for ASCD functions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956818 C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
name
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.) H
ASCD vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle Unified meter and A/C amp.
P1574
sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Wheel sensor
TCM
I
ECM
>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. N
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> Go to EC-417, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956819
EC-417
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
EC-418
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956820
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from unified meter and EC
A/C amp., and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ICC
control. Refer to CCS-16, "System Description" for ICC functions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956821 C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
name
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.) H
ICC vehicle speed ECM detects a difference between two vehicle Unified meter and A/C amp.
P1574
sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Wheel sensor
TCM
I
ECM
>> GO TO 2.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. N
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? O
YES >> Go to EC-419, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
P
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956822
EC-419
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Refer to BRC-26, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Check combination meter function.
Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
EC-420
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956823
ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this EC
signal for engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956824
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, D
U1001. Refer to EC-137, "DTC Logic".
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-138, "DTC Logic".
E
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-338, "DTC Logic".
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-254, "DTC Logic". F
If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer
to EC-258, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short- H
Input speed sensor Turbine revolution sensor signal is differ-
ed)
(Turbine revolution sen- ent from the theoretical value calculated
P1715 Harness or connectors
sor) by ECM from revolution sensor signal and
(Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
(TCM output) engine rpm signal.
shorted) I
TCM
EC-421
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000000956826
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed.
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000000956827
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
P1805 Brake switch
tremely long time while the vehicle is driving. ed.)
Stop lamp switch
EC-422
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery
A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-423, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
J
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
K
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000000956829 L
EC-423
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-424
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956830
EC-425
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E112 5 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M6, E106
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-426
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Harness connectors M6, E106
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR EC
H
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. I
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage ECM harness connector and ground.
J
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V K
97 (APP sensor 1)
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
M107 Ground Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.50V
98 (APP sensor 2) L
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. N
2. Go to EC-427, "Special Repair Requirement".
P
1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-17, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
EC-427
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
EC-428
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956835
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi- Harness or connectors H
An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
P2127 tion sensor 2 circuit low (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.] I
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor J
circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
Accelerator pedal posi- shorted.)
An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP
K
P2128 tion sensor 2 circuit high
sor 2 is sent to ECM. sensor 2)
input
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) L
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position
sensor (bank 2)
Battery current sensor M
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
EC-429
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> Go to EC-430, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956837
APP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E112 6 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
EC-430
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM Sensor
A
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3 EC
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. C
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS D
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
E
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".) F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component. G
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112 2 M107 104 Existed J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. K
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L
Check the following.
Harness connectors M6, E106
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
M
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
O
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E112 1 M107 98 Existed P
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC-431
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Harness connectors M6, E106
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-432, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-432, "Special Repair Requirement".
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
97 (APP sensor 1)
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
M107 Ground Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.50V
98 (APP sensor 2)
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-432, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
EC-432
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
A
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING EC
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END C
EC-433
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P2138 APP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956840
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
[CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) circuit is
shorted.]
[EVT control position sensor (bank 2) cir-
cuit is shorted.]
(Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
circuit is shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2138 tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
shorted.)
performance and APP sensor 2.
Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP
sensor 2)
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)
Exhaust valve timing control position sen-
sor (bank 2)
Battery current sensor
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Refrigerant pressure sensor
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
EC-434
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC. A
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-435, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END EC
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956842
APP sensor G
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E112 5 Ground Approx. 5V
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. I
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M6, E106 J
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E112 6 Ground Approx. 5V
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 5.
O
5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-435
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M6, E106
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
F101 46 CKP sensor (POS) F2 1
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F18 1
F102 64 EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F19 1
Battery current sensor E21 1
103 APP sensor E112 6
M107 107 EVAP control system pressure sensor B252 3
111 Refrigerant pressure sensor E77 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) (Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".)
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) (Refer to EC-350, "Component Inspection".)
Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-381, "Component Inspection".)
EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".)
Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to HAC-92, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-436
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Harness connectors M6, E106
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor A
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 97 D
E112 M107 Existed
1 98
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12. F
12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors M6, E106 G
Harness for open or short between ECM and accelerator pedal position sensor
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
13.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-437, "Component Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 14. J
14.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-438, "Special Repair Requirement". K
EC-437
P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0V
97 (APP sensor 1)
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8V
M107 Ground Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.50V
98 (APP sensor 2)
Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-438, "Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-18, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
>> END
EC-438
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956845
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB E
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the F
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800C
(1,472F).
G
PBIB3354E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause K
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The output voltage computed by ECM from the
P2A00 (bank 1) circuit range/per- A/F sensor 1
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
formance A/F sensor 1 heater
a specified period. L
Fuel pressure
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
Fuel injector
P2A03 (bank 2) circuit range/per- sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
Intake air leaks
formance specified period.
M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING N
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. O
>> GO TO 2.
P
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-21, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
EC-439
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-440, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956847
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-21, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-223, "Diagnosis
Procedure" or EC-227, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check harness connector for water.
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P2A00 1 F3 4
Ground Battery voltage
P2A03 2 F20 4
EC-440
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. A
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC
Check the following.
Harness connectors E3, F1
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
15A fuse (No. 46) C
Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 57 G
P2A00 1 F3
2 61
F102 Existed
1 65
P2A03 2 F20 H
2 66
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
I
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 57
J
P2A00 1 F3
2 61
F102 Ground Not existed
1 65
P2A03 2 F20 K
2 66
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER M
EC-442
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956848
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. EC
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-57, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956849 C
Without CONSULT-III G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
H
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
1.INSPECTION START
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with. L
Which type of transmission?
A/T >> GO TO 2.
M/T >> GO TO 7. M
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground.
O
ASCD brake switch
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
P
E109 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
EC-443
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
10A fuse (No. 3)
Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-446, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD clutch switch harness connector and ground.
EC-444
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-445
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-446
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-447
ASCD INDICATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ASCD INDICATOR
Description INFOID:0000000000956853
ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE lamp illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET lamp illuminates when following conditions are met.
CRUISE lamp is illuminated.
SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD
setting.
SET lamp remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-57, "System Description" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956854
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-137, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP.
Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-448
COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
COOLING FAN
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956856
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Perform FAN DUTY CONTROL in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Make sure that cooling fan speed varies according to the percent.
Without CONSULT-III G
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-10, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Make sure that cooling fan operates.
H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-449, "Diagnosis Procedure".
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956858
EC-449
COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
IPDM E/R
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E5 12
Ground Existed
E6 41
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E9.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan control module harness con-
nector.
EC-450
COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-452
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956861
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred EC
through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956862
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and select DATA MONITOR mode. D
3. Select LOAD SIGNAL and check indication under the following conditions.
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-453, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-3, "Work Flow".
EC-453
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to EXL-5, "Work Flow".
EC-454
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
FUEL INJECTOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956864
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura- C
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs. D
SEF375Z E
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956865
1.INSPECTION START F
Turn ignition switch to START.
Is any cylinder ignited?
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-455, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION H
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III. I
3. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine. J
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
M
PBIB3332E
N
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. O
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
P
EC-455
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F21 1
2 F22 1
3 F23 1
Ground Battery voltage
4 F24 1
5 F25 1
6 F26 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connectors E3, F1
IPDM E/R harness connector E7
10A fuse (No. 44)
Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
Refer to EC-457, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
EC-456
FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
E
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.3 [at 10 - 60C (60 - 140F)]
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
G
EC-457
FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
FUEL PUMP
Description INFOID:0000000000956868
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine
startability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.
JMBIA0020ZZ
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F101 22 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
EC-458
FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.
A
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
E7 77 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 10.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. D
Harness connectors E3, F1
Harness connectors F104, F105
Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM E
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III F
EC-459
FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminals Resistance
1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 [at 25C (77F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
EC-460
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956872
When the brake pedal is depressed, ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM EC
detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to CCS-16, "System Description" for the ICC function.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956873 C
G
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
H
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
I
126 Brake pedal (A/T) Slightly depressed Approx. 0V
M107 Ground
(ICC brake switch signal) Brake pedal and clutch pedal (M/T) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-461, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956874
1.INSPECTION START L
Check which type of transmission the vehicle is equipped with.
Which type of transmission?
A/T >> GO TO 2. M
M/T >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground. O
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-464, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ICC clutch switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ICC clutch switch harness connector and ground.
EC-462
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-463
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-464
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-465
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
IGNITION SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000000956877
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956878
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
No >> Go to EC-466, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform POWER BALANCE in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-466, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector and ground with an oscilloscope.
ECM
Ground Voltage signal
Connector Terminal
11
12
15
F101 Ground
16
19
20 JMBIA0035GB
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-466, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956879
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
M107 125 Ground Battery voltage
EC-466
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Go to EC-133, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground. C
Condenser
Ground Voltage D
Connector Terminal
F8 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E7.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector. G
Condenser N
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F8 2 Ground Existed
O
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6. P
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-470, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace condenser.
EC-467
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F11 3
2 F12 3
3 F13 3
Ground Battery voltage
4 F14 3
5 F15 3
6 F16 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
Harness connector F1
Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F1
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F11 2
2 F12 2
3 F13 2
Ground Existed
4 F14 2
5 F15 2
6 F16 2
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC-468
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3 O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. P
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION:
Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
EC-469
IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pres-
sure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pres-
sure applies again during the following procedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel
pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electri-
cal discharge from the ignition coils.
JMBIA0021ZZ
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be
checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about three seconds, and check whether spark
is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal
portion.
1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as follows.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Above 1 M [at 25C (77F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace condenser.
EC-470
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956882
SEF217U E
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956883
1.CHECK DTC I
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-137, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK DTC WITH UNIFIED METER AND A/C AMP. K
Refer to MWI-37, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
M
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
N
NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-471
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
Description INFOID:0000000000956885
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
Put a CAUTION: FLAMMABLE sign in workshop.
Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-543, "Inspection".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection.
Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956886
1.INSPECTION START
Check whether the following symptoms are present.
A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
EC-472
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
Which symptom is present? A
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 7.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER EC
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
C
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
E
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
F
2 : EVAP canister vent control valve
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> GO TO 6.
PBIB2731E
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
O
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
EC-473
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister (1).
PBIB2731E
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
EC-474
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing A
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank.
C
SEF665U
D
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000000956888
1.INSPECTION START E
Do you have CONSULT-III?
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
G
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: H
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer.
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container. I
- Drain fuel using FUEL PUMP RELAY in ACTIVE TEST mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank. J
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. K
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Put fuel tank upside down.
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [13.3 kPa (0.136 kg/cm3, 1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer L
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1035E
EC-475
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
3.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as follows:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank.
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Put fuel tank upside down.
- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [13.3 kPa (0.136 kg/cm3, 1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
PBIB1035E
EC-476
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956889
EC
G
JMBIA0061ZZ
1. PCV valve 2. Electric throttle control actuator 3. Mass air flow sensor
A. Normal condition B. Hi-load condition
H
: Fresh air
: Blow-by air I
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold.
The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. J
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve.
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
K
The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. L
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- M
tions.
O
PBIB1588E
EC-477
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace PCV valve.
PBIB1589E
EC-478
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956891
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an EC
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
C
E
PBIB2657E
F
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956892
ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
105
M107 Ground 1.0 - 4.0V
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-479, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000000956893
EC-479
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-39, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace.
EC-480
SNOW MODE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
SNOW MODE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956894
The snow mode switch signal is sent to the unified meter and A/C amp. from the snow mode switch. The EC
unified meter and A/C amp. then sends the signal to the ECM by CAN communication line.
The snow mode is used for driving or starting the vehicle on snowy roads or slippery areas. If the snow mode
is activated, the vehicle speed will not be accelerated immediately than your original pedal in due to avoid the
vehicle slip. In other words, ECM controls the rapid engine torque change by controlling the electric throttle C
control actuator operating speed.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000000956895
D
1.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITICH FUNCTION
NOTE: E
If DTC U1000 or U1001 are displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer
to EC-137, "DTC Logic".
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select SNOW MODE SW in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. F
3. Check SNOW MODE SW indication under the following conditions.
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect unified meter and A/C amp. harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between snow mode switch harness connector and unified meter and A/C amp.
harness connector.
F
Terminals Condition Continuity
ON Existed
1 and 4 Snow mode switch
OFF Not Existed G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace snow mode switch. H
2.CHECK SNOW MODE SWITCH-II
Check the continuity between snow mode switch terminals under the following conditions.
I
EC-483
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
ECU DIAGNOSIS
ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000000956898
EC-484
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75V
EC-485
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 gm/s
Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu-
MASS AIRFLOW tral (M/T)
Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 gm/s
No load
Engine: After warming up Idle
Selector lever: P or N (A/T), Neu- (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0%
PURG VOL C/V tral (M/T) slightly, after engine starting.)
Air conditioner switch: OFF
No load 2,000 rpm
EC-486
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch: ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY Engine running or cranking
Except above OFF
EC
VENT CONT/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. C
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
D
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up
ON E
HO2S2 HTR (B2) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as F
I/P PULLY SPD Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. the speedometer indication G
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has already been H
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Snow mode switch: ON ON
SNOW MODE SW Ignition switch: ON I
Snow mode switch: OFF OFF
ENG OIL TEMP Engine: After warming up More than 70C (158F)
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned 0 - 65,535 km J
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
ON. (0 - 40,723 miles)
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
K
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B2) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V L
Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation. the speedometer indication
M
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON N
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF O
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re- P
OFF
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON
(ICC/ASCD brake Ignition switch: ON
switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
EC-487
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JMBIA0070ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
ECM is located behind the instrument assist lower panel. For this inspection, remove passenger side instru-
ment lower panel.
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
EC-488
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. A
2.9 - 8.8V
C
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
1 Ground W Output Idle speed
(bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after D
starting engine)
JMBIA0030GB
E
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/ F
T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
G
Throttle control motor JMBIA0031GB
2 Ground G Output
(Open) (bank 1)
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON] H
Engine stopped
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/
T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully re- I
leased
JMBIA0032GB
0 - 14V K
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
Throttle control motor Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/
4 Ground BR
(Close) (bank 1)
Output
T) L
Accelerator pedal: In the middle
of releasing operation
JMBIA0033GB M
2.9 - 8.8V
[Engine is running]
N
Warm-up condition
A/F sensor 1 heater
5 Ground GR Output Idle speed
(bank 2)
(More than 140 seconds after
starting engine) O
JMBIA0030GB
EC-489
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
7 - 12V
Exhaust valve timing
6 Ground SB control magnet retarder Output [Engine is running]
(bank 1) Warm-up condition
Around 2,500 rpm while the en-
gine speed is rising
JMBIA0034GB
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
7 - 12V
Exhaust valve timing
7 Ground Y control magnet retarder Output [Engine is running]
(bank 2) Warm-up condition
Around 2,500 rpm while the en-
gine speed is rising
JMBIA0034GB
[Engine is running]
8 Ground B ECM ground Body ground
Idle speed
0 - 0.2V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
11 GR Ignition signal No. 4 pending on rpm at idle
12 L Ignition signal No. 3
15 V Ignition signal No. 5 JMBIA0035GB
Ground Output
16 G Ignition signal No. 2
0.1 - 0.4V
19 SB Ignition signal No. 6
20 Y Ignition signal No. 1
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0036GB
EC-490
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value A
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE EC
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
7 - 12V
Intake valve timing con- C
18 Ground W trol solenoid valve (bank Output
1) [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: 2,000rpm D
JMBIA0038GB
E
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Idle speed F
Accelerator pedal: Not de-
pressed even slightly, after en-
gine starting
G
EVAP canister purge vol- JMBIA0039GB
21 Ground GR ume control solenoid Output
valve BATTERY VOLTAGE H
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm I
(More than 100 seconds after
starting engine)
J
JMBIA0040GB
EC-491
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V)
Idle speed
7 - 12V
Intake valve timing con-
29 Ground G trol solenoid valve (bank Output
2) [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: 2,000rpm
JMBIA0038GB
EC-492
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value A
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped EC
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/
Less than 4.75V
T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
leased
C
Throttle position sensor
34 Ground L Input
2 (bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/ D
More than 0.36V
T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
E
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/
Less than 4.75V
T) F
Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
Throttle position sensor leased
35 Ground W Input
2 (bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] G
Engine stopped
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/
More than 0.36V
T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully de- H
pressed
4.0 - 5.0
[Engine is running] I
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- J
pending on rpm at idle
[Engine is running] L
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
M
JMBIA0042GB
EC-493
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
48 Ground B [Throttle position sensor Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 2)] Idle speed
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
Throttle control motor Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/
49 Ground L Output
(Close) (bank 2) T)
Accelerator pedal: In the middle
of releasing operation
JMBIA0033GB
0 - 14V
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
Selector lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/
T)
Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
4.0 - 5.0
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
Exhaust valve timing JMBIA0043GB
58 Ground GR control position sensor Input
(bank 1) 4.0 - 5.0
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0044GB
EC-494
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value A
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
3.0 - 5.0
EC
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
E
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
F
JMBIA0046GB
4.0 - 5.0
[Engine is running] J
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- K
pending on rpm at idle
Exhaust valve timing JMBIA0043GB
62 Ground G control position sensor Input
L
(bank 2) 4.0 - 5.0
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition M
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
N
JMBIA0044GB
EC-495
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
3.0 - 5.0
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0046GB
0 - 4.8V
Engine coolant tempera-
71 Ground Y Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
ture sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
72 Ground Warm-up condition 0V
(Knock sensor)
Idle speed
[Engine is running]
73 Ground W Knock sensor (bank 1) Input
Idle speed 2.5V*1
[Engine is running]
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly after the fol-
lowing conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
76 Ground W Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
(bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
EC-496
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value A
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V EC
Mass air flow sensor Idle speed
77 Ground SB Input
(bank 1) [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V C
Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
0 - 4.8V
Engine oil temperature
78 Ground G Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine D
sensor
oil temperature.
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 0.8 - 1.1V
Idle speed E
Mass air flow sensor
79 Ground GR Input
(bank 2) [Engine is running]
Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
Engine speed: 2,500 rpm F
[Engine is running]
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly after the fol- G
lowing conditions are met
Heated oxygen sensor 2
80 Ground O Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0V
(bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 H
minute and at idle for 1 minute
under no load
BATTERY VOLTAGE
I
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed J
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
81 R Fuel injector No. 3 pending on rpm at idle
82 V Fuel injector No. 6 K
85 BR Fuel injector No. 2 JMBIA0047GB
Ground Output
86 W Fuel injector No. 5 BATTERY VOLTAGE
89 GR Fuel injector No. 1
(11 - 14V) L
90 O Fuel injector No. 4
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm M
JMBIA0048GB N
0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
83 Ground G Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor (bank 2)
air temperature.
O
Sensor ground
(Heated oxygen sensor [Engine is running]
84 Ground B 2, Engine coolant tem- Warm-up condition 0V
perature sensor, Engine Idle speed P
oil temperature sensor)
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5V
Power steering pressure Steering wheel: Being turned
87 Ground Y Output
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
Steering wheel: Not being turned
EC-497
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
Sensor ground
[Exhaust valve timing
[Engine is running]
control position sensor
88 Ground LG Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 1), Exhaust valve
Idle speed
timing control position
sensor (bank 2)]
[Engine is running]
91 Ground SB Battery current sensor Input Battery: Fully charged*2 2.6 - 3.5V
Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
92 Ground P [Camshaft position sen- Warm-up condition 0V
sor (PHASE) (bank 2)] Idle speed
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
93 Ground P Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
94 Ground LG [Mass air flow sensor Warm-up condition 0V
(bank 2)] Idle speed
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
95 Ground G Warm-up condition 0V
(Battery current sensor)
Idle speed
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sen- [Engine is running]
96 Ground B sor (PHASE) (bank 1), Warm-up condition 0V
Power steering pressure Idle speed
sensor]
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
0.5 - 1.0V
Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
Accelerator pedal posi- leased
97 Ground R Input
tion sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
4.2 - 4.8V
Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
0.25 - 0.50V
Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
Accelerator pedal posi- leased
98 Ground P Input
tion sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
Engine stopped
2.0 - 2.5V
Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
Sensor power supply
99 Ground L (Accelerator pedal posi- [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
tion sensor 1)
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
100 Ground W (Accelerator pedal posi- Warm-up condition 0V
tion sensor 1) Idle speed
EC-498
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value A
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
4.3V EC
ICC steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] C
1.3V
ICC steering switch CANCEL switch: Pressed
101 Ground SB (models with ICC sys- Input [Ignition switch: ON]
tem) RESUME/ACCELERATE 3.7V D
switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
3V
SET/COAST switch: Pressed E
[Ignition switch: ON]
2.2V
DISTANCE switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] F
4V
ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
MAIN switch: Pressed
G
ASCD steering switch [Ignition switch: ON]
1V
101 Ground SB (models with ASCD sys- Input CANCEL switch: Pressed
tem)
[Ignition switch: ON] H
RESUME/ACCELERATE 3V
switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
2V I
EC-499
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Terminal No. Description
Wire Value
Input/ Condition
+ - color Signal name (Approx.)
Output
1V
[Engine is running]
Warm-up condition
Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0077GB
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.
**2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-2, "How to Handle Battery".
EC-500
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Wiring Diagram ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM INFOID:0000000000956899
A
EC
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
JCBWA0001GB
P
EC-501
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0002GB
EC-502
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0003GB
EC-503
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0004GB
EC-504
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0005GB
EC-505
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0006GB
EC-506
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0007GB
EC-507
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0008GB
EC-508
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0009GB
EC-509
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0010GB
EC-510
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0011GB
EC-511
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0012GB
EC-512
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0013GB
EC-513
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0014GB
EC-514
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0015GB
EC-515
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0016GB
EC-516
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC
JCBWA0017GB
EC-517
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
JCBWA0018GB
EC-518
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-519
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P1233 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2101 function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1236 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2118 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1238 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
P2119 tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.
P1290 Throttle control motor relay
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2100
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2103
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.
EC-520
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
EC-521
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
:Applicable : Not applicable
DTC*1
Items Test value/
CONSULT- Reference
(CONSULT-III screen SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
III 3 page
ECM* terms) (GST only)
GST*2
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 EC-137
1
4 (with ASCD)
U1001 1001* CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-137
1 or 2
(with ICC)
1
(A/T models) (A/T models)
U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) EC-138
2
(M/T models) (M/T models)
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING Flashing*7
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 EC-139
P0014 0014 EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 2 EC-143
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 2 EC-139
P0024 0024 EXH/V TIM CONT-B2 2 EC-143
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-147
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) 2 EC-147
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-150
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) 2 EC-150
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) 2 EC-147
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) 2 EC-147
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 EC-150
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) 2 EC-150
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 EC-153
P0078 0078 EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B1 2 EC-156
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 2 EC-153
P0084 0084 EX V/T MGT/RTDR-B2 2 EC-156
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 2 EC-159
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 EC-166
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 EC-166
P010B 010B MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 2 EC-159
P010C 010C MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 1 EC-166
P010D 010D MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B2 1 EC-166
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 2 EC-171
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 2 EC-171
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 EC-174
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 1 EC-174
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 EC-177
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 EC-177
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR 2 EC-180
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 2 EC-183
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN 2 EC-185
EC-522
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DTC*1
Items Test value/ A
CONSULT- Reference
(CONSULT-III screen SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
III page
ECM*3 terms) (GST only)
GST*2
EC
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-187
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-191
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-194 C
P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-197
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-202
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) 2 EC-208
D
EC-523
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DTC*1
Items Test value/
CONSULT- Reference
(CONSULT-III screen SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
III 3 page
ECM* terms) (GST only)
GST*2
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 2 EC-264
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 2 EC-264
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON 2 EC-269
P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK 2 EC-274
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 EC-280
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 EC-285
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V 2 EC-285
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE 2 EC-288
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE 2 EC-292
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 EC-296
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 EC-299
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN 2 EC-304
P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK 2 EC-310
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK *6 2 EC-316
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH 2 EC-323
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 EC-324
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC 2 EC-326
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC 2 EC-326
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC* 5 2 EC-328
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM 2 EC-330
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM 2 EC-332
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 EC-334
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT 2 EC-336
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 or EC-338
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 EC-340
P0700 0700 TCM 1 TM-123
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 2 TM-124
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 2 TM-147
P0717 0717 TURBINE SENSOR 2 TM-126
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT* 5 2 TM-128
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 2 TM-133
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 2 TM-135
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 2 TM-137
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 2 TM-139
P0735 0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN 2 TM-141
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC 2 TM-143
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 2 TM-144
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 2 TM-145
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 EC-342
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 2 EC-346
P1084 1084 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B2 2 EC-346
EC-524
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DTC*1
Items Test value/ A
CONSULT- Reference
(CONSULT-III screen SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
III page
ECM*3 terms) (GST only)
GST*2
EC
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 1 EC-351
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 1 EC-351
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN 2 EC-352 C
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC 2 EC-353
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 EC-354
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 EC-358
D
EC-525
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DTC*1
Items Test value/
CONSULT- Reference
(CONSULT-III screen SRT code Test limit Trip MIL
III 3 page
ECM* terms) (GST only)
GST*2
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 2 EC-422
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 1 EC-374
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 1 EC-362
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR 1 EC-374
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 1 EC-366
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 1 EC-369
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-425
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 EC-425
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-429
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 EC-429
P2132 2132 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 1 EC-242
P2133 2133 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B2 1 EC-242
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 1 EC-371
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 EC-434
P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 EC-439
P2A03 2A03 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) 2 EC-439
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
*6: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*7: When the ECM is in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to How to Display SRT Status.
To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on SRT Item.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained on the next page. The
driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.
EC-526
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
DRIVING PATTERN
A
EC
PBIB2906E
P
The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC-527
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Sea level
Flat road
Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30C (68 - 86F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of 10 to 35C (14 to 95F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 71 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V).
The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70C
(158F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 71 and ground is lower than 1.4V).
The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0C (32F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 106 and ground is less than 4.1V).
Pattern 2:
When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
Pattern 4:
The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-
state driving.
If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all
over again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle
PBIB2244E
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position for A/T Models
Set the selector lever in the D position with the overdrive switch turned ON.
Suggested Upshift Speeds for M/T Models
Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel
economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather
and individual driving habits.
Unit: km/h (MPH)
For normal acceleration in low altitude areas For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in
Gear change
[less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)] high altitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]
1st to 2nd 13 (8) 24 (15)
2nd to 3rd 26 (16) 40 (25)
3rd to 4th 40 (25) 64 (40)
4th to 5th 50 (30) 72 (45)
5th to 6th 53 (33) 80 (50)
EC-528
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Gear km/h (MPH)
A
5th
6th
Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion E
TID CID
P0420 01H 01H Max. 1/128
Three way catalyst function (Bank 1) F
P0420 02H 81H Min. 1
CATALYST
P0430 03H 02H Max. 1/128
Three way catalyst function (Bank 2)
P0430 04H 82H Min. 1
G
EVAP control system (Small leak) P0442 05H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
EVAP
EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 06H 83H Min. 20 mV
SYSTEM
H
EVAP control system (Very small leak) P0456 07H 03H Max. 1/128 mm2
P0131 41H 8EH Min. 5mV
P0132 42H 0EH Max. 5mV I
P2A00 43H 0EH Max. 0.002
P2A00 44H 8EH Min. 0.002
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) J
P0133 45H 8EH Min. 0.004
P0130 46H 0EH Max. 5mV
P0130 47H 8EH Min. 5mV K
P0133 48H 8EH Min. 0.004
P0151 4CH 8FH Min. 5mV
P0152 4DH 0FH Max. 5mV L
P2A03 4EH 0FH Max. 0.002
P2A03 4FH 8FH Min. 0.002
HO2S Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) M
P0153 50H 8FH Min. 0.004
P0150 51H 0FH Max. 5mV
P0150 52H 8FH Min. 5mV N
P0153 53H 8FH Min. 0.004
P0139 19H 86H Min. 10mV/500 ms
O
P0137 1AH 86H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1)
P0138 1BH 06H Max. 10 mV
P0138 1CH 06H Max. 10mV P
P0159 21H 87H Min. 10mV/500 ms
P0157 22H 87H Min. 10 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2)
P0158 23H 07H Max. 10 mV
P0158 24H 07H Max. 10mV
EC-529
ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
Test value
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC (GST display) Test limit Conversion
TID CID
P0032 57H 10H Max. 5 mV
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1)
P0031 58H 90H Min. 5 mV
P0052 59H 11H Max. 5 mV
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2)
HO2S P0051 5AH 91H Min. 5 mV
HEATER P0038 2DH 0AH Max. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1)
P0037 2EH 8AH Min. 20 mV
P0058 2FH 0BH Max. 20 mV
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2)
P0057 30H 8BH Min. 20 mV
EC-530
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000000956905
EC
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-458
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-543 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-455
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-76
J
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-477
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-12
K
EC-362,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-369
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-12
L
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-466
Main power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-133
EC-159, M
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
EC-166
1
EC-174,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
EC-180 N
EC-187,
3 EC-191,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-194,
EC-197,
O
EC-439
EC-177,
EC-242, P
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-358,
EC-360,
2 2 EC-371
EC-425,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 EC-429,
EC-434
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-251
EC-531
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
EC-236,
Engine oil temperature sensor 4 2 3
EC-239
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-254
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-258
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-328
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-334
EC-336,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-338
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-153
cuit
Exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-156
circuit
PNP switch circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-342
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-479
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-453
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-4
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-4
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
EC-532
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
SYMPTOM A
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
EC-533
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
SYMPTOM
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Valve Timing chain EM-63
mecha-
Camshaft EM-69
nism
Intake valve timing control EM-63
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Exhaust valve timing control EM-63
Intake valve
3 EM-111
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-34,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EX-6
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-44,
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion LU-16, LU-
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 11, LU-15
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-7
Cooling CO-12,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-12
Thermostat 5 CO-23
Water pump CO-21
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-25
Cooling fan CO-17
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-8
ed coolant
IVIS (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System
1 1 SEC-5
NATS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
EC-534
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35HR]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000000956906
EC-535
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ35HR]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000000956907
The Supplemental Restraint System such as AIR BAG and SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SRS section.
Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000000956908
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.
PIIB3706J
WARNING:
Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident.
Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, remov-
ing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage
generated parts.
Never work with wet hands.
Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon
headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector.
(Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.)
Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connec-
tor, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.)
Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester.
Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it.
Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it.
Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000000956910
EC-536
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ35HR]
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. A
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
EC
cause the MIL to light up.
Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.) C
Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-88, "Description".
Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with D
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc. E
Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000000956911
F
J
Do not disassemble ECM.
If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to
the ECM value. K
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value.
Engine operation can vary slightly when the terminal is dis-
connected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunc-
L
tion. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation.
If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes M
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
JMBIA0057ZZ
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
N
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
When connecting ECM harness connector (A), fasten (B) it
securely with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure. O
1. ECM
C. Loosen P
JMBIA0029ZZ
EC-537
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ35HR]
When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc.
Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly.
Refer to EC-484, "Reference Value".
Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
SEF217U
EC-538
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ35HR]
When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
EC
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
C
G
SEF348N
SEC893C
K
SEF709Y
EC-539
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ35HR]
When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y
EC-540
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ35HR]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000000956912
EC
NOTE:
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
C
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.) Description
Tool name D
KV10117100 Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor 2
(J-36471-A) with 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut
Heated oxygen sensor
wrench E
F
S-NT379
LEM054
S-NT636
K
(J-44321) Checking fuel pressure
Fuel pressure gauge
kit L
M
LEC642
EC-541
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ35HR]
Tool name
Description
(Kent-Moore No.)
Leak detector Locating the EVAP leak
i.e.: (J-41416)
S-NT703
S-NT704
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (MLR-8382) pressure
S-NT815
S-NT705
S-NT779
EC-542
FUEL PRESSURE
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ35HR]
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE A
FUEL PRESSURE
Inspection INFOID:0000000000956914
EC
JMBIA0021ZZ
I
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. J
NOTE:
Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because V36 models do not have fuel return system.
Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit (J-44321) to check fuel pressure. K
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Install the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting (A) between fuel
damper (1) and injector tube. L
3. Connect the fuel pressure test gauge (quick connector adapter
hose) (B) to the inline fuel quick disconnected fitting.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. M
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
N
EC-543
EVAP LEAK CHECK
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ35HR]
EVAP LEAK CHECK
Inspection INFOID:0000000000956915
CAUTION:
Do not use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
Do not start engine.
Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and
pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Select the EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE of WORK SUPPORT
mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch START. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph.
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure SEF462UA
pump.
7. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-75, "System
Diagram".
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and
pressure pump to EVAP service port.
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
3. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system
until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure
pump.
SEF462UA
EC-544
EVAP LEAK CHECK
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ35HR]
5. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-75, "System
Diagram". A
EC
SEF200U
EC-545
EVAP CANISTER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [VQ35HR]
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
EVAP CANISTER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000000956916
JMBIA0049GB
REMOVAL
1. Lift up the vehicle.
2. Remove EVAP canister fixing bolt.
3. Remove EVAP canister.
NOTE:
The EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP canister system pressure sensor can be removed without
removing the EVAP canister.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
Tighten EVAP canister fixing bolt to the specified torque.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise.
A : Lock
B : Unlock
2. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve.
PBIB2730E
EC-546
EVAP CANISTER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [VQ35HR]
ASSEMBLY
Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. A
CAUTION:
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
Inspection INFOID:0000000000956918
EC
PBIB2728E
EC-547